Outreach Wiki outreachwiki https://outreach.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Main_Page MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.14 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk Wikimedia Wikimedia talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk TimedText TimedText talk Module Module talk Translations Translations talk Topic 0 15098 278392 278248 2026-08-05T06:48:57Z Eduardogobi 8953 /* Become an online ambassador */ Dealing with redirects 278392 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} <translate> <!--T:1--> Thanks for your interest in the Wikipedia Education Program! There are many ways to get involved and this page explains several of them. We hope you will decide to join us. <tvar|smiley>:)</> </translate> {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''<translate><!--T:2--> I want to...</translate>'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <translate> == Start a new education program == <!--T:3--> </translate> {{anchor|start}} <translate> <!--T:4--> The first thing to do is to figure out if a new education program is needed. Check [[<tvar name="countries">Education/Community/Countries</tvar>|our countries page]] to see if there is already a program in your area. If there isn't, please see continue reading. === Create a program plan === <!--T:5--> <!--T:6--> We have developed a step-by-step guide for planning a new education program pilot. Over the course of four modules, you can build an on-wiki strategic plan that considers the time and resources you have available, has measurable criteria for success, and figures out what you'll need to do to carry it out. If you are interested in starting an education project from scratch, begin the training below. You can also browse [[<tvar name="plans">Education/Archive/Program plans</tvar>|other program plans]].</translate> <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|<translate><!--T:7--> Education program planning guide</translate>]]</span> <translate> === Consult the toolkit === <!--T:8--> <!--T:9--> We have also developed an education program toolkit, which is a very useful primer on education program problems and solutions. The toolkit shares best practices from the experiences of Wikimedia program leaders from around the world. It collects their shared knowledge, contains resources and strategies, and aims to be a blueprint for designing successful education programs. If you are interested in starting, planning, running, or evaluating an education program, the toolkit will teach you what works. You can [[<tvar name="toolkit">Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit</tvar>|learn more here]].</translate> <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|<translate><!--T:10--> Education program toolkit</translate>]]</span> <translate> == Support an existing program == <!--T:11--> <!--T:12--> With dozens of existing programs, there is a lot to do! Below, you'll find some ideas. If you aren't sure how to help, you can contact the program directly or contact staff. === Become an online ambassador === <!--T:13--> <!--T:14--> Wikipedia Education Programs rely on friendly, helpful experienced editors fluent in the language of the program they support - we call these people "[[<tvar|a-z>Education/Archive/A–Z#Ambassadors</>|Wikipedia Ambassadors]]". Here, we offer training for people interested in this role, which is described in more detail at [[<tvar name="ambassadors">Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors</tvar>|Ambassadors]]. This training covers largely the same material as the "for educators" training, with slight difference tailored to people helping with courses rather than leading (and grading) them. <!--T:15--> [[<tvar|training>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for ambassadors</span>]] === Translate program resources === <!--T:16--> <!--T:17--> The Wikimedia movement is global with readers in hundreds of languages and thousands of multilingual contributors. If you are fluent in more than one language and are willing to translate, you can support the Wikipedia Education Program by translating pages on this portal, including our monthly community-led [[<tvar|news>Education/News</>|newsletter]], along with other educational and informational materials that we are developing. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|This page]] has more general information about translation on the Wikimedia projects. If you are interested in becoming a new translator, [[<tvar|babylon>m:Meta:Babylon</>|Meta:Babylon]] is a good place to begin. There is a section there on getting started which includes some important links, and there is also a section on communication that tells you how to get in touch with other translators, who may be able to give you specifics about the work. We recommend reading the tutorial linked from the "getting started" section before beginning, if you choose to pitch in. <!--T:18--> [[<tvar|babylon>m:Meta:Babylon</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Get started translating</span>]] === Transfer on-wiki training === <!--T:19--> <!--T:20--> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. <!--T:21--> [[<tvar|training>m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] === Install the Education Program Extension === <!--T:22--> <!--T:23--> The [[<tvar|extension>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension</>]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: <!--T:24--> [[<tvar|mww>mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] == Teach with Wikimedia projects == <!--T:25--> </translate> {{anchor|teach}} <translate> <!--T:26--> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[<tvar|projects>wmf:Our projects</>|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[<tvar|assignmentdesign>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design</>|Read about assignment design.]] [[<tvar|overview>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview</>|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. <!--T:27--> [[<tvar|educatorstraining>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] == Reach out to educators == <!--T:28--> </translate> {{anchor|reachout}} <translate> <!--T:29--> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[<tvar|staff>Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff</>|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. <!--T:30--> [[<tvar|contact>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == <!--T:31--> </translate> {{anchor|learn}} <translate> <!--T:32--> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. <!--T:33--> [[<tvar|forstudents>m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] <!--T:34--> [[<tvar|twa>Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure</>|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. <!--T:35--> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </translate> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] az5nzby8rqtntmfeblffjsnp4hypbim 278393 278392 2026-08-05T06:52:18Z Eduardogobi 8953 /* Translate program resources */ Dead links 278393 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} <translate> <!--T:1--> Thanks for your interest in the Wikipedia Education Program! There are many ways to get involved and this page explains several of them. We hope you will decide to join us. <tvar|smiley>:)</> </translate> {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''<translate><!--T:2--> I want to...</translate>'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <translate> == Start a new education program == <!--T:3--> </translate> {{anchor|start}} <translate> <!--T:4--> The first thing to do is to figure out if a new education program is needed. Check [[<tvar name="countries">Education/Community/Countries</tvar>|our countries page]] to see if there is already a program in your area. If there isn't, please see continue reading. === Create a program plan === <!--T:5--> <!--T:6--> We have developed a step-by-step guide for planning a new education program pilot. Over the course of four modules, you can build an on-wiki strategic plan that considers the time and resources you have available, has measurable criteria for success, and figures out what you'll need to do to carry it out. If you are interested in starting an education project from scratch, begin the training below. You can also browse [[<tvar name="plans">Education/Archive/Program plans</tvar>|other program plans]].</translate> <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|<translate><!--T:7--> Education program planning guide</translate>]]</span> <translate> === Consult the toolkit === <!--T:8--> <!--T:9--> We have also developed an education program toolkit, which is a very useful primer on education program problems and solutions. The toolkit shares best practices from the experiences of Wikimedia program leaders from around the world. It collects their shared knowledge, contains resources and strategies, and aims to be a blueprint for designing successful education programs. If you are interested in starting, planning, running, or evaluating an education program, the toolkit will teach you what works. You can [[<tvar name="toolkit">Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit</tvar>|learn more here]].</translate> <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|<translate><!--T:10--> Education program toolkit</translate>]]</span> <translate> == Support an existing program == <!--T:11--> <!--T:12--> With dozens of existing programs, there is a lot to do! Below, you'll find some ideas. If you aren't sure how to help, you can contact the program directly or contact staff. === Become an online ambassador === <!--T:13--> <!--T:14--> Wikipedia Education Programs rely on friendly, helpful experienced editors fluent in the language of the program they support - we call these people "[[<tvar|a-z>Education/Archive/A–Z#Ambassadors</>|Wikipedia Ambassadors]]". Here, we offer training for people interested in this role, which is described in more detail at [[<tvar name="ambassadors">Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors</tvar>|Ambassadors]]. This training covers largely the same material as the "for educators" training, with slight difference tailored to people helping with courses rather than leading (and grading) them. <!--T:15--> [[<tvar|training>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for ambassadors</span>]] === Translate program resources === <!--T:16--> <!--T:17--> The Wikimedia movement is global with readers in hundreds of languages and thousands of multilingual contributors. If you are fluent in more than one language and are willing to translate, you can support the Wikipedia Education Program by translating pages on this portal, including our monthly community-led [[<tvar name="news">Education/News</tvar>|newsletter]], along with other educational and informational materials that we are developing. [[<tvar name="babylon-translations">Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon/Translations</tvar>|This page]] has more general information about translation on the Wikimedia projects. If you are interested in becoming a new translator, [[<tvar name="babylon">m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon</tvar>|Meta:Babylon]] is a good place to begin. There is a section there on getting started which includes some important links, and there is also a section on communication that tells you how to get in touch with other translators, who may be able to give you specifics about the work. We recommend reading the tutorial linked from the "getting started" section before beginning, if you choose to pitch in. <!--T:18--> [[<tvar name="babylon">m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon</tvar>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Get started translating</span>]] === Transfer on-wiki training === <!--T:19--> <!--T:20--> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. <!--T:21--> [[<tvar|training>m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] === Install the Education Program Extension === <!--T:22--> <!--T:23--> The [[<tvar|extension>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension</>]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: <!--T:24--> [[<tvar|mww>mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] == Teach with Wikimedia projects == <!--T:25--> </translate> {{anchor|teach}} <translate> <!--T:26--> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[<tvar|projects>wmf:Our projects</>|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[<tvar|assignmentdesign>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design</>|Read about assignment design.]] [[<tvar|overview>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview</>|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. <!--T:27--> [[<tvar|educatorstraining>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] == Reach out to educators == <!--T:28--> </translate> {{anchor|reachout}} <translate> <!--T:29--> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[<tvar|staff>Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff</>|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. <!--T:30--> [[<tvar|contact>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == <!--T:31--> </translate> {{anchor|learn}} <translate> <!--T:32--> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. <!--T:33--> [[<tvar|forstudents>m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] <!--T:34--> [[<tvar|twa>Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure</>|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. <!--T:35--> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </translate> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] 9ugqnyz0srfvdsmuk0scx05fa20z0po 278394 278393 2026-08-05T06:52:38Z Eduardogobi 8953 278394 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} <translate> <!--T:1--> Thanks for your interest in the Wikipedia Education Program! There are many ways to get involved and this page explains several of them. We hope you will decide to join us. <tvar|smiley>:)</> </translate> {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''<translate><!--T:2--> I want to...</translate>'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <translate> == Start a new education program == <!--T:3--> </translate> {{anchor|start}} <translate> <!--T:4--> The first thing to do is to figure out if a new education program is needed. Check [[<tvar name="countries">Education/Community/Countries</tvar>|our countries page]] to see if there is already a program in your area. If there isn't, please see continue reading. === Create a program plan === <!--T:5--> <!--T:6--> We have developed a step-by-step guide for planning a new education program pilot. Over the course of four modules, you can build an on-wiki strategic plan that considers the time and resources you have available, has measurable criteria for success, and figures out what you'll need to do to carry it out. If you are interested in starting an education project from scratch, begin the training below. You can also browse [[<tvar name="plans">Education/Archive/Program plans</tvar>|other program plans]].</translate> <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|<translate><!--T:7--> Education program planning guide</translate>]]</span> <translate> === Consult the toolkit === <!--T:8--> <!--T:9--> We have also developed an education program toolkit, which is a very useful primer on education program problems and solutions. The toolkit shares best practices from the experiences of Wikimedia program leaders from around the world. It collects their shared knowledge, contains resources and strategies, and aims to be a blueprint for designing successful education programs. If you are interested in starting, planning, running, or evaluating an education program, the toolkit will teach you what works. You can [[<tvar name="toolkit">Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit</tvar>|learn more here]].</translate> <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|<translate><!--T:10--> Education program toolkit</translate>]]</span> <translate> == Support an existing program == <!--T:11--> <!--T:12--> With dozens of existing programs, there is a lot to do! Below, you'll find some ideas. If you aren't sure how to help, you can contact the program directly or contact staff. === Become an online ambassador === <!--T:13--> <!--T:14--> Wikipedia Education Programs rely on friendly, helpful experienced editors fluent in the language of the program they support - we call these people "[[<tvar|a-z>Education/Archive/A–Z#Ambassadors</>|Wikipedia Ambassadors]]". Here, we offer training for people interested in this role, which is described in more detail at [[<tvar name="ambassadors">Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors</tvar>|Ambassadors]]. This training covers largely the same material as the "for educators" training, with slight difference tailored to people helping with courses rather than leading (and grading) them. <!--T:15--> [[<tvar|training>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for ambassadors</span>]] === Translate program resources === <!--T:16--> <!--T:17--> The Wikimedia movement is global with readers in hundreds of languages and thousands of multilingual contributors. If you are fluent in more than one language and are willing to translate, you can support the Wikipedia Education Program by translating pages on this portal, including our monthly community-led [[<tvar name="news">Education/News</tvar>|newsletter]], along with other educational and informational materials that we are developing. [[<tvar name="babylon-translations">m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon/Translations</tvar>|This page]] has more general information about translation on the Wikimedia projects. If you are interested in becoming a new translator, [[<tvar name="babylon">m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon</tvar>|Meta:Babylon]] is a good place to begin. There is a section there on getting started which includes some important links, and there is also a section on communication that tells you how to get in touch with other translators, who may be able to give you specifics about the work. We recommend reading the tutorial linked from the "getting started" section before beginning, if you choose to pitch in. <!--T:18--> [[<tvar name="babylon">m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon</tvar>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Get started translating</span>]] === Transfer on-wiki training === <!--T:19--> <!--T:20--> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. <!--T:21--> [[<tvar|training>m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] === Install the Education Program Extension === <!--T:22--> <!--T:23--> The [[<tvar|extension>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension</>]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: <!--T:24--> [[<tvar|mww>mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] == Teach with Wikimedia projects == <!--T:25--> </translate> {{anchor|teach}} <translate> <!--T:26--> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[<tvar|projects>wmf:Our projects</>|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[<tvar|assignmentdesign>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design</>|Read about assignment design.]] [[<tvar|overview>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview</>|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. <!--T:27--> [[<tvar|educatorstraining>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] == Reach out to educators == <!--T:28--> </translate> {{anchor|reachout}} <translate> <!--T:29--> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[<tvar|staff>Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff</>|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. <!--T:30--> [[<tvar|contact>Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == <!--T:31--> </translate> {{anchor|learn}} <translate> <!--T:32--> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. <!--T:33--> [[<tvar|forstudents>m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students</>|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] <!--T:34--> [[<tvar|twa>Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure</>|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. <!--T:35--> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </translate> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] 1bl7i9wdf925xgzauexxd3bjzeftl58 10 71528 278396 278230 2026-08-05T06:55:01Z Eduardogobi 8953 278396 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude><languages /></noinclude> {{ombox |type = notice |image = [[File:Red x.svg|30px]] |text = '''Esta página está inativa no momento e é mantida para referência histórica.'''<br />Ou a página não é mais relevante ou o consenso sobre sua finalidade não ficou claro. Para reavivar a discussão sobre o assunto, busque uma opinião mais ampla em um fórum como a [[Village pump|esplanada]].}}<includeonly>[[Category:Inactive project pages|{{PAGENAME}}]]</includeonly> ffohwj70qbygwfzngjpmh3rfipqcp91 1198 71529 278395 271255 2026-08-05T06:55:01Z Eduardogobi 8953 278395 wikitext text/x-wiki Ou a página não é mais relevante ou o consenso sobre sua finalidade não ficou claro. Para reavivar a discussão sobre o assunto, busque uma opinião mais ampla em um fórum como a [[$vp|esplanada]]. sfs17ixxmbhzcz6lnzs9wakine706u4 1198 71641 278341 271545 2026-08-05T06:21:02Z Eduardogobi 8953 278341 wikitext text/x-wiki Para mais informações, veja nossa página de Política de Marcas Registradas, $1. c1kodacffwputwoq7wjyeixpsfc5tkx 0 71642 278343 278178 2026-08-05T06:21:33Z Eduardogobi 8953 278343 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> [[File:Instructor Basics How to Use Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool.pdf|thumb|Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino]] Este é o texto do folheto do Programa de Educação da Wikipédia '''Noções básicas do instrutor: como usar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino''', revisado no final de 2013. ==text== ===page 1 (cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino Fundação Wikimedia ===page 2=== A Wikipedia é a enciclopédia livre e ''online'' que pode ser editada por qualquer pessoa. Sendo o quinto ''website'' mais visitado do mundo, a Wikipédia é um recurso usado pela maioria dos estudantes universitários. Mas muitos educadores de todo o mundo também têm usado a Wikipédia como ferramenta de ensino em suas salas de aula universitárias. Neste folheto, reunimos suas experiências para lhe ajudar a determinar como usar a Wikipédia em sua sala de aula. Organizamos este folheto em três partes: Planejamento de tarefas Aprenda as principais políticas da Wikipédia e obtenha mais informações sobre a elaboração de tarefas, com foco em pedir aos alunos que escrevam artigos na Wikipédia para a aula. Durante o semestre Aprenda sobre a estrutura de um bom artigo da Wikipédia, como os alunos devem escolher quais artigos melhorar, sugestões sobre o que abordar em uma sessão de laboratório da Wikipédia e como interagir com a comunidade de editores da Wikipédia. Após o semestre Veja um exemplo de estrutura de avaliação para tarefas da Wikipédia que funcionou com outros instrutores. ===page 3=== Planejamento de tarefas Compreendendo as políticas principais Desde o início da Wikipédia, em 2001, a comunidade de editores voluntários —os “wikipedistas”— desenvolveu várias políticas importantes destinadas a garantir que a Wikipédia seja o mais confiável e útil possível. Qualquer trabalho que você integrar em sua sala de aula deve seguir essas políticas. A compreensão dessas políticas fundamentais garante que você desenvolva um trabalho que atenda aos seus objetivos de aprendizado e, ao mesmo tempo, melhore a Wikipédia. ;Conteúdo livre [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 2, User Lechatjaune photo.tif|thumb]] “O trabalho com o qual os alunos contribuem para a Wikipédia é conteúdo livre e torna-se parte do patrimônio comum. Ele pode ser editado e reutilizado por outros sob uma licença livre. Todo texto escrito na Wikipédia deve ser original. Não é apropriado copiar e colar de outras fontes.” — Usuário:Lechatjaune fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Lechatjaune ;Ponto de vista neutro [[File:GorillaWarfare.JPG|thumb]] “Tudo na Wikipédia deve ser escrito de um ponto de vista neutro. A Wikipédia não é o lugar para argumentação ou defesa de interesses. Todas as informações devem ser apresentadas com precisão e sem preconceitos, descrevendo todos os pontos de vista significativos publicados por fontes confiáveis. Devemos explicar as diferentes opiniões sobre um tópico, não defender uma ou outra.” — Usuária:GorillaWarfare fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:GorillaWarfare ;Notoriedade [[File:Mohamed Ouda.jpg|thumb]] “Usamos o conceito de notoriedade para determinar se um tópico merece um artigo. Em geral, consideramos um tópico notável se houve cobertura de terceiros sobre o tópico em fontes confiáveis. Se seus alunos estiverem começando novos artigos, eles deverão encontrar várias fontes independentes e confiáveis sobre o tópico antes de começar.” — Usuário:Mohamed Ouda fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Faris knight ;Fontes confiáveis [[File:Mariana Jó @ Cidade Universitária, USP. São Paulo. Brasil.jpg|thumb]] “As fontes mais confiáveis na Wikipédia são fontes de terceiros com reputação de verificação de fatos, como livros publicados por editoras acadêmicas, revistas acadêmicas revisadas por pares e jornais internacionais. Evite citar ''blogs'', comunicados à imprensa e outras fontes menos formais. Os alunos devem usar fontes que representem pontos de vista significativos, em vez de estudos isolados ou trabalhos marginais.” — Usuária:Mariana Jó fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:Mariana Jó ;Boa-fé [[File:Mike Christie.jpg|thumb]] “Todos que editam a Wikipédia, inclusive estudantes, devem assumir a boa-fé ao interagir com os outros. Isso significa que tratamos uns aos outros com respeito e presumimos que todos estão operando com o mesmo objetivo: melhorar o conteúdo da Wikipédia. Valorizamos a civilidade ao interagir sobre tópicos polêmicos. Lembre-se de sempre discutir o conteúdo que está sendo editado, e não a pessoa que está editando, e evite ataques pessoais.” — Usuário:Mike Christie fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Mike Christie ===page 4=== Planejamento de tarefas <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Designing your assignment </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia offers many options for assignments, based on your learning objectives. Consider your students’ skill sets, how much of a contribution you want your students to make to Wikipedia, and how much time you have in the course to dedicate to the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In this brochure, we feature the assignment to ask students to write an article on a course-related topic, one of the most common assignments instructors use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment: Write an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the “Write an article” assignment, you ask your students to expand an existing article or create a new article on a course-related topic. Using reliable sources, students document information about the topic. Often, instructors feature this assignment in conjunction with a longer analytical paper offline; students’ Wikipedia articles form the literature review sections of their papers. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Alternative assignments: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Translate an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Language instructors find this to be a very practical assignment. Your students take high quality articles from the Wikipedia of the language they are studying that are not currently available on their native language Wikipedia, and translate those articles into their native language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Add illustrations to an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If your students are adept at media, this can be a great way of contributing to Wikipedia in a non-textual way. In the past, students have photographed local monuments that had no photos illustrating the articles, designed infographics to illustrate concepts on Wikipedia, or created videos that demonstrated audiovisually what articles describe in words. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Copyediting </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Since Wikipedia is a user-generated resource, you’ll find plenty of typos and much room for improvement in the prose. Asking students to improve the grammar of an article is a good way for them to learn copyediting skills and think critically about how good writing is done in your discipline. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A complementary brochure, “Case Studies: How instructors are teaching with Wikipedia”, includes links to syllabi and assignment descriptions instructors have used around the world. A few common assignments are listed here, but you are encouraged to consult it for more ideas. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / Assignment planning </div> ===page 5=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Learning objectives </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Asking students to write a Wikipedia article generally meets these four learning objectives well. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Writing skills development </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn how to write for a diverse and interested readership that represents a significant percentage of the worldwide online population. Furthermore, with Wikipedia’s emphasis on verifiability and “no original research,” students gain a greater understanding of the difference between fact-based and persuasive writing styles. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Media and information literacy </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia’s transparent and collaborative content development process allows students to gain a deeper understanding of how information is both produced and consumed. This provides an excellent opportunity for students to reflect on available sources and their appropriate usage. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Critical thinking and research skills </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn to critically analyze Wikipedia articles to determine how well an article covers the topic, to assess what information is missing, and to evaluate to what extent the article is documented with reliable sources. In the larger context, the evaluation of Wikipedia articles helps your students learn how to evaluate different sources, not only Wikipedia. The process of assessing an existing article and deciding what information is missing is very similar to the literature review process that is crucial in scholarly research. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaboration </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn first-hand how to collaborate with a community of active volunteer editors (including their fellow students) in the development of encyclopedic content. They often receive feedback on their work and learn to negotiate with other editors in building consensus on content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Syllabus design </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Experienced instructors say it is crucial for students who are going to be editing Wikipedia to become comfortable not only with the markup, but also the community. Requiring tiny assignments early in the term, such as those listed below, will acclimate them to the site. Instructors who do not set up these milestones throughout the term usually have bad experiences with their assignments. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These simple tasks prepare students for a longer Wikipedia assignment by introducing students to skills they will need later. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students should create a user page, adding a sentence or two about themselves and adding an image from Wikimedia Commons (Wikipedia’s image repository). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Encourage students to upload a photo to Wikimedia Commons that they’ve taken themselves. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to improve the clarity of a sentence or two in an article related to class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students could use a reading from the course to add a reference to an article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Once they’ve selected a topic to write on, students should post a message on that article’s talk page with some proposed sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to post an outline of their proposed changes to the talk page before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Once students have accomplished these milestones, they’ll be more comfortable with working on Wikipedia. Students procrastinate, so it’s better to use these as early milestones that will be completed before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A companion brochure offers a sample syllabus used by more than 100 instructors who have run this type of assignment. Download the brochure at </div> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment planning / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 6=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Choosing an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Determining what articles students should work on can be a challenge. Some instructors create a list of articles and ask students to pick from the list; others require students to propose topics. If you would like your students to create new articles, rather than improve existing articles, make sure they have read Wikipedia’s notability policy and are confident the topics are notable — that is, well-covered by reputable third-party sources in your field. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just what makes a good Wikipedia article? Make sure you and your students familiarize yourselves with the structure of a typical Wikipedia article in your discipline, so students know what types of sections they will be expected to contribute. Most students will have never thought about the structure of an encyclopedia article before, so spending a few minutes in class clarifying how information is structured in encyclopedias is important. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Do’s </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Ask your students to choose a topic that is well established in the discipline, but only weakly represented on Wikipedia. If there is a lot of literature available on the topic, but only a small amount of that information exists on Wikipedia, that is the best situation to work from.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Look for articles rated “stub” or “start” class on Wikipedia’s internal assessment process. You can see an article’s assessment by visiting its talk page.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Make sure you search for a few different variants on the term before creating an article. Often, you may find that a topic has already been covered under a different name.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Don’ts </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid trying to improve articles on very broad topics (e.g., law) or articles that are already of high quality on Wikipedia (“Featured Articles”). These topics are more challenging to improve effectively.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t try to improve topics that are highly controversial, likeglobal warming, abortion, or Scientology. Contentious topics often lead to fights on Wikipedia. Students should be encouraged to start sub-articles instead.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid working on topics that are only sparsely covered by literature. Students will have a difficult time providing enough reliable sources to create a Wikipedia article.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t start articles with titles that imply an essay-like approach, such as “The Effects That The Recent Sub-Prime Mortgage Crisis has had on the US and Global Economics” instead of “Subprime mortgage crisis.” Wikipedia is an encyclopedia, and essays are not appropriate.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 7=== [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 7, Hurricane Irene screenshot.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Typical structure of a Wikipedia article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A quality Wikipedia article is the result of a well-defined structure, encyclopedic content, and an active community. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Lead section </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A lead section should summarize the key points covered in the article. Note that the lead section is without a heading. The first sentence should provide a definition of the topic of the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Infobox </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many articles contain an infobox that describes key elements of the topic. Find an article on a similar topic to yours and copy the code for the infobox to add one to your article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Body of the article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Headers clearly delineate appropriate sections. In the case of this article, the body covers the history of the hurricane as well as its impact. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Images </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Freely licensed images can be added to Wikipedia articles from Wikimedia Commons. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Appendices and footnotes </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the content comes a section with other related Wikipedia articles (“See also”), the sources used in the article (“References”), and a list of other websites people could consult for more information (“External links”). </div> ===page 8=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Teaching wiki basics to students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the first few weeks of class, we recommend that you give students an introduction to the basics of Wikipedia, including instructions on how to edit and some things they should keep in mind about how writing for Wikipedia is different from a typical college essay. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you have time, take your students into a computer lab and do a hands-on introduction to wiki markup. This allows students to see editing take place “live,” and gives them a safe space to make mistakes and ask questions in real-time. Typically, such labs last an hour or two. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you feel comfortable enough with wiki markup, you can teach this lab yourself. If not, you can recruit local Wikipedians or contact your local Wikipedia Campus Ambassador (if your university has one). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Tips for what to cover </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Bolding and italicizing text</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create headers</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to edit subsections</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create bulleted and numbered lists</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create links</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create references</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create a sandbox</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Distinctions among article pages, talk pages, and user pages</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Use of talk pages</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you’d rather have students do this on their own time, an online training covering this material is available at: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is best to have students create their user accounts before they come to the lab. This allows them to read Wikipedia’s username policy and consider how anonymous they want to be on the site (and also avoids triggering the automatic limits placed on creating numerous accounts from the same location in a short time period). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How Wikipedia is different from a college essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here are some ways that writing for Wikipedia may take some extra thought for students: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fact-based, not persuasive writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Rather than making an argument, students will be writing a description of the information about a topic, cited to reliable sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Formal tone and basic language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Articles should be written in a formal tone, but with easy-to-understand language. Wikipedia isn’t the place for students to show off their extensive vocabularies. The audience of Wikipedia is global, and people who have never heard of the topic before will be reading what students are writing. Students need to clearly convey the basics of the topic in their writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No large block quotes. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Academic writing favors large block quotes from reputable sources, but Wikipedia’s policies state that you should try to paraphrase whenever possible. Quoting from sources is encouraged, but students should try to provide the context in their own words and only quote the truly key phrase or two from the original. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 9=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Interacting with the community </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaborating with the Wikipedia community is key to giving your students the full benefits of a Wikipedia assignment. But how do you do that? </div> [[File:User Bookworm-df300b.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Mstislavl-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Vulpeto-df300c.tif|thumb]] [[File:Editor Video Still 22.tiff|thumb]] [[File:User CBrown1023-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Rajeshpandey-df300b.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> photos CC BY-SA 3.0 by Jelly Helm </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedians interact by writing messages to each other on article talk pages or user talk pages. If another user wants to communicate with you, s/he will most likely leave a message directly on your user talk page or the talk page of the article you’ve been working on. It is a good idea to monitor and respond to these messages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All Wikipedia interaction assumes good faith. That is, until it can be demonstrated otherwise, we assume that other editors are here to help improve the encyclopedia. Therefore, all editors should be treated with respect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When making changes to Wikipedia articles, it is expected that editors will explain their changes briefly in an edit summary. When you fill in the small box in the edit window with a phrase such as “copyediting” or “adding a reference,” others will be able to follow the history of the article when they click on the “View history” tab. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Etiquette </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Like any community, Wikipedia has an etiquette. These few simple guidelines will help you get along with Wikipedians: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Assume good faith: Assume other editors are trying to improve the project. Try to understand their point of view. Discuss. Negotiate. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Be polite and remember that it is more difficult to read sarcasm and irony in text than in verbal form. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Always sign your posts on talk pages so others can follow who is saying what by using four tildes (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>), which will automatically add your username and the date. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss major changes you are making to the encyclopedia on article talk pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss article content, not editors. Do not make personal attacks. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 10=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assessing student work </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How can you assess your students’ contributions to Wikipedia and writing about Wikipedia? Depending on the complexity of your assignment, designing a grading rubric for it may be easy or challenging. Here is a sample grading rubric that has worked well for other instructors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Grading Structure </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 5% each (x4) </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation grade for early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation in class blog or class discussions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews and collaboration with classmates </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 50% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of your main Wikipedia contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> student grade </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / After the term </div> ===page 11=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Did students complete the milestones (first referenced on page 5) listed in your syllabus? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Class blog or class discussion </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors ask students to keep a running blog about their experiences. Giving them prompts every week or every two weeks, such as “To what extent are the editors on Wikipedia a self-selecting group and why?” will help them begin to think about the larger issues surrounding this online encyclopedia community. It will also give you material both on the wiki and off the wiki to grade. If you have time in class, these discussions can be particularly constructive in person. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students evaluate each others’ work on Wikipedia, leaving reviews for each other on or off the site. These evaluations can cover questions such as how reliable are the references, how well does the article cover the topic, or how well-written is the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors contrast what an article looked like before and after a student worked on it, using the article history. You can compare the beginning version with the end, extract the contributions made by the students, and see the individual changes made by the students. You may want your students to do this comparison themselves and add it to a portfolio they present to you. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the assignment is over, ask students to write a short reflective essay on their experiences using Wikipedia. This works well for both short and long Wikipedia projects. An interesting iteration of this is to have students write a short version of the essay before they begin editing Wikipedia, outlining their expectations, and then have them reflect on whether or not those expectations were met after they have completed the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For instructors </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Case Studies: How professors are teaching with Wikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikipedia Education Program Case Studies.pdf|thumb]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fifteen professors from six countries are featured in this brochure, as each explains how he or she used Wikipedia in the classroom or how he or she graded the assignment. The web version of the brochure includes links to syllabi and assignment handouts. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Syllabus </div> [[File:Sample Syllabus for Wikipedia assignment.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A week-by-week guide to incorporating a “write a Wikipedia article” assignment into your classes. It includes some key milestones that have proven to be effective at ensuring that students derive the greatest educational benefits from editing Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Online Orientation: Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool </div> [[File:The Essentials brochure, p 2, online orientation screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All instructors are highly encouraged to complete the online orientation for educators before planning a syllabus. It will introduce you to the culture and rules of Wikipedia, demonstrate the basics of editing, and walk you through a typical Wikipedia assignment like this one. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:EDUCATOR </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Welcome to Wikipedia </div> [[File:Editing Wikipedia brochure EN.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A basic introduction to contributing to Wikipedia: how to create a Wikipedia user account, how to start editing, and how to communicate with other contributors. You will also learn how articles evolve on Wikipedia and how to rate the quality of an existing article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/welcometowikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Editing Basics </div> [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 11, Student training screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students are encouraged to take an online training that walks them through the basics of how to contribute to Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 12 (back cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Ready to join the Wikipedia Education Program? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Education programs already exist in many countries, and Wikimedia volunteers are creating new programs every term. In countries where the Wikipedia Education Program is in operation, volunteer Wikipedia Ambassadors may be available to offer you and your students assistance in learning the best ways to contribute to Wikipedia for class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Join us! For more information, visit </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All images from the Wikimedia Commons are under a CC BY-SA or public domain license unless otherwise stated. The content contained within is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike License v.3.0 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:CC-BY-SA) or any later version. </div> [[File:Cc by-sa (1).svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The trademarks and logos of the Wikimedia Foundation and any other organization are not included under the terms of this Creative Commons license. Wikimedia Foundation, Wikipedia, Wikimedia Commons, MediaWiki, Wiktionary, Wikibooks, Wikisource, Wikinews, Wikiquote, Wikiversity, Wikispecies, Wikidata, Wikivoyage and Meta-Wiki are pending trademark registration or are registered trademarks of Wikimedia Foundation. </div> Para mais informações, veja nossa página de Política de Marcas Registradas, [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy|https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/Trademark_Policy]]. Para outras perguntas sobre nossos termos de licenciamento ou política de marcas registradas, envie um e-mail para legal@wikimedia.org. [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] [[Category:Education{{#translation:}}]] 083kwfv8okinfo2xu7cnwcanf38svfq 278345 278343 2026-08-05T06:23:18Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Elaborando suas tarefas" 278345 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> [[File:Instructor Basics How to Use Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool.pdf|thumb|Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino]] Este é o texto do folheto do Programa de Educação da Wikipédia '''Noções básicas do instrutor: como usar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino''', revisado no final de 2013. ==text== ===page 1 (cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino Fundação Wikimedia ===page 2=== A Wikipedia é a enciclopédia livre e ''online'' que pode ser editada por qualquer pessoa. Sendo o quinto ''website'' mais visitado do mundo, a Wikipédia é um recurso usado pela maioria dos estudantes universitários. Mas muitos educadores de todo o mundo também têm usado a Wikipédia como ferramenta de ensino em suas salas de aula universitárias. Neste folheto, reunimos suas experiências para lhe ajudar a determinar como usar a Wikipédia em sua sala de aula. Organizamos este folheto em três partes: Planejamento de tarefas Aprenda as principais políticas da Wikipédia e obtenha mais informações sobre a elaboração de tarefas, com foco em pedir aos alunos que escrevam artigos na Wikipédia para a aula. Durante o semestre Aprenda sobre a estrutura de um bom artigo da Wikipédia, como os alunos devem escolher quais artigos melhorar, sugestões sobre o que abordar em uma sessão de laboratório da Wikipédia e como interagir com a comunidade de editores da Wikipédia. Após o semestre Veja um exemplo de estrutura de avaliação para tarefas da Wikipédia que funcionou com outros instrutores. ===page 3=== Planejamento de tarefas Compreendendo as políticas principais Desde o início da Wikipédia, em 2001, a comunidade de editores voluntários —os “wikipedistas”— desenvolveu várias políticas importantes destinadas a garantir que a Wikipédia seja o mais confiável e útil possível. Qualquer trabalho que você integrar em sua sala de aula deve seguir essas políticas. A compreensão dessas políticas fundamentais garante que você desenvolva um trabalho que atenda aos seus objetivos de aprendizado e, ao mesmo tempo, melhore a Wikipédia. ;Conteúdo livre [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 2, User Lechatjaune photo.tif|thumb]] “O trabalho com o qual os alunos contribuem para a Wikipédia é conteúdo livre e torna-se parte do patrimônio comum. Ele pode ser editado e reutilizado por outros sob uma licença livre. Todo texto escrito na Wikipédia deve ser original. Não é apropriado copiar e colar de outras fontes.” — Usuário:Lechatjaune fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Lechatjaune ;Ponto de vista neutro [[File:GorillaWarfare.JPG|thumb]] “Tudo na Wikipédia deve ser escrito de um ponto de vista neutro. A Wikipédia não é o lugar para argumentação ou defesa de interesses. Todas as informações devem ser apresentadas com precisão e sem preconceitos, descrevendo todos os pontos de vista significativos publicados por fontes confiáveis. Devemos explicar as diferentes opiniões sobre um tópico, não defender uma ou outra.” — Usuária:GorillaWarfare fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:GorillaWarfare ;Notoriedade [[File:Mohamed Ouda.jpg|thumb]] “Usamos o conceito de notoriedade para determinar se um tópico merece um artigo. Em geral, consideramos um tópico notável se houve cobertura de terceiros sobre o tópico em fontes confiáveis. Se seus alunos estiverem começando novos artigos, eles deverão encontrar várias fontes independentes e confiáveis sobre o tópico antes de começar.” — Usuário:Mohamed Ouda fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Faris knight ;Fontes confiáveis [[File:Mariana Jó @ Cidade Universitária, USP. São Paulo. Brasil.jpg|thumb]] “As fontes mais confiáveis na Wikipédia são fontes de terceiros com reputação de verificação de fatos, como livros publicados por editoras acadêmicas, revistas acadêmicas revisadas por pares e jornais internacionais. Evite citar ''blogs'', comunicados à imprensa e outras fontes menos formais. Os alunos devem usar fontes que representem pontos de vista significativos, em vez de estudos isolados ou trabalhos marginais.” — Usuária:Mariana Jó fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:Mariana Jó ;Boa-fé [[File:Mike Christie.jpg|thumb]] “Todos que editam a Wikipédia, inclusive estudantes, devem assumir a boa-fé ao interagir com os outros. Isso significa que tratamos uns aos outros com respeito e presumimos que todos estão operando com o mesmo objetivo: melhorar o conteúdo da Wikipédia. Valorizamos a civilidade ao interagir sobre tópicos polêmicos. Lembre-se de sempre discutir o conteúdo que está sendo editado, e não a pessoa que está editando, e evite ataques pessoais.” — Usuário:Mike Christie fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Mike Christie ===page 4=== Planejamento de tarefas Elaborando suas tarefas <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia offers many options for assignments, based on your learning objectives. Consider your students’ skill sets, how much of a contribution you want your students to make to Wikipedia, and how much time you have in the course to dedicate to the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In this brochure, we feature the assignment to ask students to write an article on a course-related topic, one of the most common assignments instructors use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment: Write an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the “Write an article” assignment, you ask your students to expand an existing article or create a new article on a course-related topic. Using reliable sources, students document information about the topic. Often, instructors feature this assignment in conjunction with a longer analytical paper offline; students’ Wikipedia articles form the literature review sections of their papers. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Alternative assignments: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Translate an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Language instructors find this to be a very practical assignment. Your students take high quality articles from the Wikipedia of the language they are studying that are not currently available on their native language Wikipedia, and translate those articles into their native language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Add illustrations to an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If your students are adept at media, this can be a great way of contributing to Wikipedia in a non-textual way. In the past, students have photographed local monuments that had no photos illustrating the articles, designed infographics to illustrate concepts on Wikipedia, or created videos that demonstrated audiovisually what articles describe in words. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Copyediting </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Since Wikipedia is a user-generated resource, you’ll find plenty of typos and much room for improvement in the prose. Asking students to improve the grammar of an article is a good way for them to learn copyediting skills and think critically about how good writing is done in your discipline. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A complementary brochure, “Case Studies: How instructors are teaching with Wikipedia”, includes links to syllabi and assignment descriptions instructors have used around the world. A few common assignments are listed here, but you are encouraged to consult it for more ideas. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / Assignment planning </div> ===page 5=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Learning objectives </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Asking students to write a Wikipedia article generally meets these four learning objectives well. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Writing skills development </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn how to write for a diverse and interested readership that represents a significant percentage of the worldwide online population. Furthermore, with Wikipedia’s emphasis on verifiability and “no original research,” students gain a greater understanding of the difference between fact-based and persuasive writing styles. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Media and information literacy </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia’s transparent and collaborative content development process allows students to gain a deeper understanding of how information is both produced and consumed. This provides an excellent opportunity for students to reflect on available sources and their appropriate usage. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Critical thinking and research skills </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn to critically analyze Wikipedia articles to determine how well an article covers the topic, to assess what information is missing, and to evaluate to what extent the article is documented with reliable sources. In the larger context, the evaluation of Wikipedia articles helps your students learn how to evaluate different sources, not only Wikipedia. The process of assessing an existing article and deciding what information is missing is very similar to the literature review process that is crucial in scholarly research. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaboration </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn first-hand how to collaborate with a community of active volunteer editors (including their fellow students) in the development of encyclopedic content. They often receive feedback on their work and learn to negotiate with other editors in building consensus on content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Syllabus design </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Experienced instructors say it is crucial for students who are going to be editing Wikipedia to become comfortable not only with the markup, but also the community. Requiring tiny assignments early in the term, such as those listed below, will acclimate them to the site. Instructors who do not set up these milestones throughout the term usually have bad experiences with their assignments. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These simple tasks prepare students for a longer Wikipedia assignment by introducing students to skills they will need later. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students should create a user page, adding a sentence or two about themselves and adding an image from Wikimedia Commons (Wikipedia’s image repository). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Encourage students to upload a photo to Wikimedia Commons that they’ve taken themselves. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to improve the clarity of a sentence or two in an article related to class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students could use a reading from the course to add a reference to an article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Once they’ve selected a topic to write on, students should post a message on that article’s talk page with some proposed sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to post an outline of their proposed changes to the talk page before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Once students have accomplished these milestones, they’ll be more comfortable with working on Wikipedia. Students procrastinate, so it’s better to use these as early milestones that will be completed before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A companion brochure offers a sample syllabus used by more than 100 instructors who have run this type of assignment. Download the brochure at </div> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment planning / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 6=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Choosing an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Determining what articles students should work on can be a challenge. Some instructors create a list of articles and ask students to pick from the list; others require students to propose topics. If you would like your students to create new articles, rather than improve existing articles, make sure they have read Wikipedia’s notability policy and are confident the topics are notable — that is, well-covered by reputable third-party sources in your field. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just what makes a good Wikipedia article? Make sure you and your students familiarize yourselves with the structure of a typical Wikipedia article in your discipline, so students know what types of sections they will be expected to contribute. Most students will have never thought about the structure of an encyclopedia article before, so spending a few minutes in class clarifying how information is structured in encyclopedias is important. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Do’s </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Ask your students to choose a topic that is well established in the discipline, but only weakly represented on Wikipedia. If there is a lot of literature available on the topic, but only a small amount of that information exists on Wikipedia, that is the best situation to work from.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Look for articles rated “stub” or “start” class on Wikipedia’s internal assessment process. You can see an article’s assessment by visiting its talk page.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Make sure you search for a few different variants on the term before creating an article. Often, you may find that a topic has already been covered under a different name.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Don’ts </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid trying to improve articles on very broad topics (e.g., law) or articles that are already of high quality on Wikipedia (“Featured Articles”). These topics are more challenging to improve effectively.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t try to improve topics that are highly controversial, likeglobal warming, abortion, or Scientology. Contentious topics often lead to fights on Wikipedia. Students should be encouraged to start sub-articles instead.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid working on topics that are only sparsely covered by literature. Students will have a difficult time providing enough reliable sources to create a Wikipedia article.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t start articles with titles that imply an essay-like approach, such as “The Effects That The Recent Sub-Prime Mortgage Crisis has had on the US and Global Economics” instead of “Subprime mortgage crisis.” Wikipedia is an encyclopedia, and essays are not appropriate.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 7=== [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 7, Hurricane Irene screenshot.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Typical structure of a Wikipedia article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A quality Wikipedia article is the result of a well-defined structure, encyclopedic content, and an active community. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Lead section </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A lead section should summarize the key points covered in the article. Note that the lead section is without a heading. The first sentence should provide a definition of the topic of the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Infobox </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many articles contain an infobox that describes key elements of the topic. Find an article on a similar topic to yours and copy the code for the infobox to add one to your article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Body of the article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Headers clearly delineate appropriate sections. In the case of this article, the body covers the history of the hurricane as well as its impact. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Images </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Freely licensed images can be added to Wikipedia articles from Wikimedia Commons. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Appendices and footnotes </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the content comes a section with other related Wikipedia articles (“See also”), the sources used in the article (“References”), and a list of other websites people could consult for more information (“External links”). </div> ===page 8=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Teaching wiki basics to students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the first few weeks of class, we recommend that you give students an introduction to the basics of Wikipedia, including instructions on how to edit and some things they should keep in mind about how writing for Wikipedia is different from a typical college essay. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you have time, take your students into a computer lab and do a hands-on introduction to wiki markup. This allows students to see editing take place “live,” and gives them a safe space to make mistakes and ask questions in real-time. Typically, such labs last an hour or two. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you feel comfortable enough with wiki markup, you can teach this lab yourself. If not, you can recruit local Wikipedians or contact your local Wikipedia Campus Ambassador (if your university has one). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Tips for what to cover </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Bolding and italicizing text</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create headers</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to edit subsections</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create bulleted and numbered lists</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create links</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create references</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create a sandbox</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Distinctions among article pages, talk pages, and user pages</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Use of talk pages</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you’d rather have students do this on their own time, an online training covering this material is available at: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is best to have students create their user accounts before they come to the lab. This allows them to read Wikipedia’s username policy and consider how anonymous they want to be on the site (and also avoids triggering the automatic limits placed on creating numerous accounts from the same location in a short time period). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How Wikipedia is different from a college essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here are some ways that writing for Wikipedia may take some extra thought for students: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fact-based, not persuasive writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Rather than making an argument, students will be writing a description of the information about a topic, cited to reliable sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Formal tone and basic language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Articles should be written in a formal tone, but with easy-to-understand language. Wikipedia isn’t the place for students to show off their extensive vocabularies. The audience of Wikipedia is global, and people who have never heard of the topic before will be reading what students are writing. Students need to clearly convey the basics of the topic in their writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No large block quotes. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Academic writing favors large block quotes from reputable sources, but Wikipedia’s policies state that you should try to paraphrase whenever possible. Quoting from sources is encouraged, but students should try to provide the context in their own words and only quote the truly key phrase or two from the original. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 9=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Interacting with the community </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaborating with the Wikipedia community is key to giving your students the full benefits of a Wikipedia assignment. But how do you do that? </div> [[File:User Bookworm-df300b.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Mstislavl-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Vulpeto-df300c.tif|thumb]] [[File:Editor Video Still 22.tiff|thumb]] [[File:User CBrown1023-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Rajeshpandey-df300b.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> photos CC BY-SA 3.0 by Jelly Helm </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedians interact by writing messages to each other on article talk pages or user talk pages. If another user wants to communicate with you, s/he will most likely leave a message directly on your user talk page or the talk page of the article you’ve been working on. It is a good idea to monitor and respond to these messages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All Wikipedia interaction assumes good faith. That is, until it can be demonstrated otherwise, we assume that other editors are here to help improve the encyclopedia. Therefore, all editors should be treated with respect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When making changes to Wikipedia articles, it is expected that editors will explain their changes briefly in an edit summary. When you fill in the small box in the edit window with a phrase such as “copyediting” or “adding a reference,” others will be able to follow the history of the article when they click on the “View history” tab. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Etiquette </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Like any community, Wikipedia has an etiquette. These few simple guidelines will help you get along with Wikipedians: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Assume good faith: Assume other editors are trying to improve the project. Try to understand their point of view. Discuss. Negotiate. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Be polite and remember that it is more difficult to read sarcasm and irony in text than in verbal form. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Always sign your posts on talk pages so others can follow who is saying what by using four tildes (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>), which will automatically add your username and the date. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss major changes you are making to the encyclopedia on article talk pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss article content, not editors. Do not make personal attacks. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 10=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assessing student work </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How can you assess your students’ contributions to Wikipedia and writing about Wikipedia? Depending on the complexity of your assignment, designing a grading rubric for it may be easy or challenging. Here is a sample grading rubric that has worked well for other instructors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Grading Structure </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 5% each (x4) </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation grade for early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation in class blog or class discussions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews and collaboration with classmates </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 50% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of your main Wikipedia contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> student grade </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / After the term </div> ===page 11=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Did students complete the milestones (first referenced on page 5) listed in your syllabus? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Class blog or class discussion </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors ask students to keep a running blog about their experiences. Giving them prompts every week or every two weeks, such as “To what extent are the editors on Wikipedia a self-selecting group and why?” will help them begin to think about the larger issues surrounding this online encyclopedia community. It will also give you material both on the wiki and off the wiki to grade. If you have time in class, these discussions can be particularly constructive in person. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students evaluate each others’ work on Wikipedia, leaving reviews for each other on or off the site. These evaluations can cover questions such as how reliable are the references, how well does the article cover the topic, or how well-written is the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors contrast what an article looked like before and after a student worked on it, using the article history. You can compare the beginning version with the end, extract the contributions made by the students, and see the individual changes made by the students. You may want your students to do this comparison themselves and add it to a portfolio they present to you. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the assignment is over, ask students to write a short reflective essay on their experiences using Wikipedia. This works well for both short and long Wikipedia projects. An interesting iteration of this is to have students write a short version of the essay before they begin editing Wikipedia, outlining their expectations, and then have them reflect on whether or not those expectations were met after they have completed the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For instructors </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Case Studies: How professors are teaching with Wikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikipedia Education Program Case Studies.pdf|thumb]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fifteen professors from six countries are featured in this brochure, as each explains how he or she used Wikipedia in the classroom or how he or she graded the assignment. The web version of the brochure includes links to syllabi and assignment handouts. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Syllabus </div> [[File:Sample Syllabus for Wikipedia assignment.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A week-by-week guide to incorporating a “write a Wikipedia article” assignment into your classes. It includes some key milestones that have proven to be effective at ensuring that students derive the greatest educational benefits from editing Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Online Orientation: Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool </div> [[File:The Essentials brochure, p 2, online orientation screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All instructors are highly encouraged to complete the online orientation for educators before planning a syllabus. It will introduce you to the culture and rules of Wikipedia, demonstrate the basics of editing, and walk you through a typical Wikipedia assignment like this one. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:EDUCATOR </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Welcome to Wikipedia </div> [[File:Editing Wikipedia brochure EN.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A basic introduction to contributing to Wikipedia: how to create a Wikipedia user account, how to start editing, and how to communicate with other contributors. You will also learn how articles evolve on Wikipedia and how to rate the quality of an existing article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/welcometowikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Editing Basics </div> [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 11, Student training screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students are encouraged to take an online training that walks them through the basics of how to contribute to Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 12 (back cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Ready to join the Wikipedia Education Program? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Education programs already exist in many countries, and Wikimedia volunteers are creating new programs every term. In countries where the Wikipedia Education Program is in operation, volunteer Wikipedia Ambassadors may be available to offer you and your students assistance in learning the best ways to contribute to Wikipedia for class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Join us! For more information, visit </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All images from the Wikimedia Commons are under a CC BY-SA or public domain license unless otherwise stated. The content contained within is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike License v.3.0 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:CC-BY-SA) or any later version. </div> [[File:Cc by-sa (1).svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The trademarks and logos of the Wikimedia Foundation and any other organization are not included under the terms of this Creative Commons license. Wikimedia Foundation, Wikipedia, Wikimedia Commons, MediaWiki, Wiktionary, Wikibooks, Wikisource, Wikinews, Wikiquote, Wikiversity, Wikispecies, Wikidata, Wikivoyage and Meta-Wiki are pending trademark registration or are registered trademarks of Wikimedia Foundation. </div> Para mais informações, veja nossa página de Política de Marcas Registradas, [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy|https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/Trademark_Policy]]. Para outras perguntas sobre nossos termos de licenciamento ou política de marcas registradas, envie um e-mail para legal@wikimedia.org. [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] [[Category:Education{{#translation:}}]] qqkew465nrvqksp25l456nnyfbpsf0z 278347 278345 2026-08-05T06:23:48Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "A Wikipédia oferece diversas opções de tarefas, de acordo com seus objetivos de aprendizagem. Leve em consideração as competências dos seus alunos, o nível de contribuição que você deseja que eles façam à Wikipédia e quanto tempo você tem no curso para dedicar à tarefa." 278347 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> [[File:Instructor Basics How to Use Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool.pdf|thumb|Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino]] Este é o texto do folheto do Programa de Educação da Wikipédia '''Noções básicas do instrutor: como usar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino''', revisado no final de 2013. ==text== ===page 1 (cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino Fundação Wikimedia ===page 2=== A Wikipedia é a enciclopédia livre e ''online'' que pode ser editada por qualquer pessoa. Sendo o quinto ''website'' mais visitado do mundo, a Wikipédia é um recurso usado pela maioria dos estudantes universitários. Mas muitos educadores de todo o mundo também têm usado a Wikipédia como ferramenta de ensino em suas salas de aula universitárias. Neste folheto, reunimos suas experiências para lhe ajudar a determinar como usar a Wikipédia em sua sala de aula. Organizamos este folheto em três partes: Planejamento de tarefas Aprenda as principais políticas da Wikipédia e obtenha mais informações sobre a elaboração de tarefas, com foco em pedir aos alunos que escrevam artigos na Wikipédia para a aula. Durante o semestre Aprenda sobre a estrutura de um bom artigo da Wikipédia, como os alunos devem escolher quais artigos melhorar, sugestões sobre o que abordar em uma sessão de laboratório da Wikipédia e como interagir com a comunidade de editores da Wikipédia. Após o semestre Veja um exemplo de estrutura de avaliação para tarefas da Wikipédia que funcionou com outros instrutores. ===page 3=== Planejamento de tarefas Compreendendo as políticas principais Desde o início da Wikipédia, em 2001, a comunidade de editores voluntários —os “wikipedistas”— desenvolveu várias políticas importantes destinadas a garantir que a Wikipédia seja o mais confiável e útil possível. Qualquer trabalho que você integrar em sua sala de aula deve seguir essas políticas. A compreensão dessas políticas fundamentais garante que você desenvolva um trabalho que atenda aos seus objetivos de aprendizado e, ao mesmo tempo, melhore a Wikipédia. ;Conteúdo livre [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 2, User Lechatjaune photo.tif|thumb]] “O trabalho com o qual os alunos contribuem para a Wikipédia é conteúdo livre e torna-se parte do patrimônio comum. Ele pode ser editado e reutilizado por outros sob uma licença livre. Todo texto escrito na Wikipédia deve ser original. Não é apropriado copiar e colar de outras fontes.” — Usuário:Lechatjaune fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Lechatjaune ;Ponto de vista neutro [[File:GorillaWarfare.JPG|thumb]] “Tudo na Wikipédia deve ser escrito de um ponto de vista neutro. A Wikipédia não é o lugar para argumentação ou defesa de interesses. Todas as informações devem ser apresentadas com precisão e sem preconceitos, descrevendo todos os pontos de vista significativos publicados por fontes confiáveis. Devemos explicar as diferentes opiniões sobre um tópico, não defender uma ou outra.” — Usuária:GorillaWarfare fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:GorillaWarfare ;Notoriedade [[File:Mohamed Ouda.jpg|thumb]] “Usamos o conceito de notoriedade para determinar se um tópico merece um artigo. Em geral, consideramos um tópico notável se houve cobertura de terceiros sobre o tópico em fontes confiáveis. Se seus alunos estiverem começando novos artigos, eles deverão encontrar várias fontes independentes e confiáveis sobre o tópico antes de começar.” — Usuário:Mohamed Ouda fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Faris knight ;Fontes confiáveis [[File:Mariana Jó @ Cidade Universitária, USP. São Paulo. Brasil.jpg|thumb]] “As fontes mais confiáveis na Wikipédia são fontes de terceiros com reputação de verificação de fatos, como livros publicados por editoras acadêmicas, revistas acadêmicas revisadas por pares e jornais internacionais. Evite citar ''blogs'', comunicados à imprensa e outras fontes menos formais. Os alunos devem usar fontes que representem pontos de vista significativos, em vez de estudos isolados ou trabalhos marginais.” — Usuária:Mariana Jó fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:Mariana Jó ;Boa-fé [[File:Mike Christie.jpg|thumb]] “Todos que editam a Wikipédia, inclusive estudantes, devem assumir a boa-fé ao interagir com os outros. Isso significa que tratamos uns aos outros com respeito e presumimos que todos estão operando com o mesmo objetivo: melhorar o conteúdo da Wikipédia. Valorizamos a civilidade ao interagir sobre tópicos polêmicos. Lembre-se de sempre discutir o conteúdo que está sendo editado, e não a pessoa que está editando, e evite ataques pessoais.” — Usuário:Mike Christie fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Mike Christie ===page 4=== Planejamento de tarefas Elaborando suas tarefas A Wikipédia oferece diversas opções de tarefas, de acordo com seus objetivos de aprendizagem. Leve em consideração as competências dos seus alunos, o nível de contribuição que você deseja que eles façam à Wikipédia e quanto tempo você tem no curso para dedicar à tarefa. <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In this brochure, we feature the assignment to ask students to write an article on a course-related topic, one of the most common assignments instructors use. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment: Write an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the “Write an article” assignment, you ask your students to expand an existing article or create a new article on a course-related topic. Using reliable sources, students document information about the topic. Often, instructors feature this assignment in conjunction with a longer analytical paper offline; students’ Wikipedia articles form the literature review sections of their papers. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Alternative assignments: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Translate an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Language instructors find this to be a very practical assignment. Your students take high quality articles from the Wikipedia of the language they are studying that are not currently available on their native language Wikipedia, and translate those articles into their native language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Add illustrations to an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If your students are adept at media, this can be a great way of contributing to Wikipedia in a non-textual way. In the past, students have photographed local monuments that had no photos illustrating the articles, designed infographics to illustrate concepts on Wikipedia, or created videos that demonstrated audiovisually what articles describe in words. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Copyediting </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Since Wikipedia is a user-generated resource, you’ll find plenty of typos and much room for improvement in the prose. Asking students to improve the grammar of an article is a good way for them to learn copyediting skills and think critically about how good writing is done in your discipline. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A complementary brochure, “Case Studies: How instructors are teaching with Wikipedia”, includes links to syllabi and assignment descriptions instructors have used around the world. A few common assignments are listed here, but you are encouraged to consult it for more ideas. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / Assignment planning </div> ===page 5=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Learning objectives </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Asking students to write a Wikipedia article generally meets these four learning objectives well. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Writing skills development </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn how to write for a diverse and interested readership that represents a significant percentage of the worldwide online population. Furthermore, with Wikipedia’s emphasis on verifiability and “no original research,” students gain a greater understanding of the difference between fact-based and persuasive writing styles. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Media and information literacy </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia’s transparent and collaborative content development process allows students to gain a deeper understanding of how information is both produced and consumed. This provides an excellent opportunity for students to reflect on available sources and their appropriate usage. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Critical thinking and research skills </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn to critically analyze Wikipedia articles to determine how well an article covers the topic, to assess what information is missing, and to evaluate to what extent the article is documented with reliable sources. In the larger context, the evaluation of Wikipedia articles helps your students learn how to evaluate different sources, not only Wikipedia. The process of assessing an existing article and deciding what information is missing is very similar to the literature review process that is crucial in scholarly research. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaboration </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn first-hand how to collaborate with a community of active volunteer editors (including their fellow students) in the development of encyclopedic content. They often receive feedback on their work and learn to negotiate with other editors in building consensus on content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Syllabus design </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Experienced instructors say it is crucial for students who are going to be editing Wikipedia to become comfortable not only with the markup, but also the community. Requiring tiny assignments early in the term, such as those listed below, will acclimate them to the site. Instructors who do not set up these milestones throughout the term usually have bad experiences with their assignments. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These simple tasks prepare students for a longer Wikipedia assignment by introducing students to skills they will need later. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students should create a user page, adding a sentence or two about themselves and adding an image from Wikimedia Commons (Wikipedia’s image repository). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Encourage students to upload a photo to Wikimedia Commons that they’ve taken themselves. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to improve the clarity of a sentence or two in an article related to class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students could use a reading from the course to add a reference to an article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Once they’ve selected a topic to write on, students should post a message on that article’s talk page with some proposed sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to post an outline of their proposed changes to the talk page before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Once students have accomplished these milestones, they’ll be more comfortable with working on Wikipedia. Students procrastinate, so it’s better to use these as early milestones that will be completed before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A companion brochure offers a sample syllabus used by more than 100 instructors who have run this type of assignment. Download the brochure at </div> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment planning / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 6=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Choosing an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Determining what articles students should work on can be a challenge. Some instructors create a list of articles and ask students to pick from the list; others require students to propose topics. If you would like your students to create new articles, rather than improve existing articles, make sure they have read Wikipedia’s notability policy and are confident the topics are notable — that is, well-covered by reputable third-party sources in your field. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just what makes a good Wikipedia article? Make sure you and your students familiarize yourselves with the structure of a typical Wikipedia article in your discipline, so students know what types of sections they will be expected to contribute. Most students will have never thought about the structure of an encyclopedia article before, so spending a few minutes in class clarifying how information is structured in encyclopedias is important. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Do’s </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Ask your students to choose a topic that is well established in the discipline, but only weakly represented on Wikipedia. If there is a lot of literature available on the topic, but only a small amount of that information exists on Wikipedia, that is the best situation to work from.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Look for articles rated “stub” or “start” class on Wikipedia’s internal assessment process. You can see an article’s assessment by visiting its talk page.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Make sure you search for a few different variants on the term before creating an article. Often, you may find that a topic has already been covered under a different name.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Don’ts </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid trying to improve articles on very broad topics (e.g., law) or articles that are already of high quality on Wikipedia (“Featured Articles”). These topics are more challenging to improve effectively.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t try to improve topics that are highly controversial, likeglobal warming, abortion, or Scientology. Contentious topics often lead to fights on Wikipedia. Students should be encouraged to start sub-articles instead.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid working on topics that are only sparsely covered by literature. Students will have a difficult time providing enough reliable sources to create a Wikipedia article.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t start articles with titles that imply an essay-like approach, such as “The Effects That The Recent Sub-Prime Mortgage Crisis has had on the US and Global Economics” instead of “Subprime mortgage crisis.” Wikipedia is an encyclopedia, and essays are not appropriate.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 7=== [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 7, Hurricane Irene screenshot.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Typical structure of a Wikipedia article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A quality Wikipedia article is the result of a well-defined structure, encyclopedic content, and an active community. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Lead section </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A lead section should summarize the key points covered in the article. Note that the lead section is without a heading. The first sentence should provide a definition of the topic of the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Infobox </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many articles contain an infobox that describes key elements of the topic. Find an article on a similar topic to yours and copy the code for the infobox to add one to your article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Body of the article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Headers clearly delineate appropriate sections. In the case of this article, the body covers the history of the hurricane as well as its impact. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Images </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Freely licensed images can be added to Wikipedia articles from Wikimedia Commons. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Appendices and footnotes </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the content comes a section with other related Wikipedia articles (“See also”), the sources used in the article (“References”), and a list of other websites people could consult for more information (“External links”). </div> ===page 8=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Teaching wiki basics to students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the first few weeks of class, we recommend that you give students an introduction to the basics of Wikipedia, including instructions on how to edit and some things they should keep in mind about how writing for Wikipedia is different from a typical college essay. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you have time, take your students into a computer lab and do a hands-on introduction to wiki markup. This allows students to see editing take place “live,” and gives them a safe space to make mistakes and ask questions in real-time. Typically, such labs last an hour or two. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you feel comfortable enough with wiki markup, you can teach this lab yourself. If not, you can recruit local Wikipedians or contact your local Wikipedia Campus Ambassador (if your university has one). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Tips for what to cover </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Bolding and italicizing text</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create headers</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to edit subsections</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create bulleted and numbered lists</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create links</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create references</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create a sandbox</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Distinctions among article pages, talk pages, and user pages</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Use of talk pages</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you’d rather have students do this on their own time, an online training covering this material is available at: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is best to have students create their user accounts before they come to the lab. This allows them to read Wikipedia’s username policy and consider how anonymous they want to be on the site (and also avoids triggering the automatic limits placed on creating numerous accounts from the same location in a short time period). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How Wikipedia is different from a college essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here are some ways that writing for Wikipedia may take some extra thought for students: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fact-based, not persuasive writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Rather than making an argument, students will be writing a description of the information about a topic, cited to reliable sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Formal tone and basic language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Articles should be written in a formal tone, but with easy-to-understand language. Wikipedia isn’t the place for students to show off their extensive vocabularies. The audience of Wikipedia is global, and people who have never heard of the topic before will be reading what students are writing. Students need to clearly convey the basics of the topic in their writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No large block quotes. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Academic writing favors large block quotes from reputable sources, but Wikipedia’s policies state that you should try to paraphrase whenever possible. Quoting from sources is encouraged, but students should try to provide the context in their own words and only quote the truly key phrase or two from the original. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 9=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Interacting with the community </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaborating with the Wikipedia community is key to giving your students the full benefits of a Wikipedia assignment. But how do you do that? </div> [[File:User Bookworm-df300b.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Mstislavl-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Vulpeto-df300c.tif|thumb]] [[File:Editor Video Still 22.tiff|thumb]] [[File:User CBrown1023-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Rajeshpandey-df300b.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> photos CC BY-SA 3.0 by Jelly Helm </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedians interact by writing messages to each other on article talk pages or user talk pages. If another user wants to communicate with you, s/he will most likely leave a message directly on your user talk page or the talk page of the article you’ve been working on. It is a good idea to monitor and respond to these messages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All Wikipedia interaction assumes good faith. That is, until it can be demonstrated otherwise, we assume that other editors are here to help improve the encyclopedia. Therefore, all editors should be treated with respect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When making changes to Wikipedia articles, it is expected that editors will explain their changes briefly in an edit summary. When you fill in the small box in the edit window with a phrase such as “copyediting” or “adding a reference,” others will be able to follow the history of the article when they click on the “View history” tab. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Etiquette </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Like any community, Wikipedia has an etiquette. These few simple guidelines will help you get along with Wikipedians: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Assume good faith: Assume other editors are trying to improve the project. Try to understand their point of view. Discuss. Negotiate. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Be polite and remember that it is more difficult to read sarcasm and irony in text than in verbal form. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Always sign your posts on talk pages so others can follow who is saying what by using four tildes (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>), which will automatically add your username and the date. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss major changes you are making to the encyclopedia on article talk pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss article content, not editors. Do not make personal attacks. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 10=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assessing student work </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How can you assess your students’ contributions to Wikipedia and writing about Wikipedia? Depending on the complexity of your assignment, designing a grading rubric for it may be easy or challenging. Here is a sample grading rubric that has worked well for other instructors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Grading Structure </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 5% each (x4) </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation grade for early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation in class blog or class discussions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews and collaboration with classmates </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 50% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of your main Wikipedia contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> student grade </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / After the term </div> ===page 11=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Did students complete the milestones (first referenced on page 5) listed in your syllabus? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Class blog or class discussion </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors ask students to keep a running blog about their experiences. Giving them prompts every week or every two weeks, such as “To what extent are the editors on Wikipedia a self-selecting group and why?” will help them begin to think about the larger issues surrounding this online encyclopedia community. It will also give you material both on the wiki and off the wiki to grade. If you have time in class, these discussions can be particularly constructive in person. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students evaluate each others’ work on Wikipedia, leaving reviews for each other on or off the site. These evaluations can cover questions such as how reliable are the references, how well does the article cover the topic, or how well-written is the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors contrast what an article looked like before and after a student worked on it, using the article history. You can compare the beginning version with the end, extract the contributions made by the students, and see the individual changes made by the students. You may want your students to do this comparison themselves and add it to a portfolio they present to you. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the assignment is over, ask students to write a short reflective essay on their experiences using Wikipedia. This works well for both short and long Wikipedia projects. An interesting iteration of this is to have students write a short version of the essay before they begin editing Wikipedia, outlining their expectations, and then have them reflect on whether or not those expectations were met after they have completed the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For instructors </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Case Studies: How professors are teaching with Wikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikipedia Education Program Case Studies.pdf|thumb]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fifteen professors from six countries are featured in this brochure, as each explains how he or she used Wikipedia in the classroom or how he or she graded the assignment. The web version of the brochure includes links to syllabi and assignment handouts. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Syllabus </div> [[File:Sample Syllabus for Wikipedia assignment.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A week-by-week guide to incorporating a “write a Wikipedia article” assignment into your classes. It includes some key milestones that have proven to be effective at ensuring that students derive the greatest educational benefits from editing Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Online Orientation: Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool </div> [[File:The Essentials brochure, p 2, online orientation screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All instructors are highly encouraged to complete the online orientation for educators before planning a syllabus. It will introduce you to the culture and rules of Wikipedia, demonstrate the basics of editing, and walk you through a typical Wikipedia assignment like this one. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:EDUCATOR </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Welcome to Wikipedia </div> [[File:Editing Wikipedia brochure EN.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A basic introduction to contributing to Wikipedia: how to create a Wikipedia user account, how to start editing, and how to communicate with other contributors. You will also learn how articles evolve on Wikipedia and how to rate the quality of an existing article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/welcometowikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Editing Basics </div> [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 11, Student training screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students are encouraged to take an online training that walks them through the basics of how to contribute to Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 12 (back cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Ready to join the Wikipedia Education Program? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Education programs already exist in many countries, and Wikimedia volunteers are creating new programs every term. In countries where the Wikipedia Education Program is in operation, volunteer Wikipedia Ambassadors may be available to offer you and your students assistance in learning the best ways to contribute to Wikipedia for class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Join us! For more information, visit </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All images from the Wikimedia Commons are under a CC BY-SA or public domain license unless otherwise stated. The content contained within is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike License v.3.0 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:CC-BY-SA) or any later version. </div> [[File:Cc by-sa (1).svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The trademarks and logos of the Wikimedia Foundation and any other organization are not included under the terms of this Creative Commons license. Wikimedia Foundation, Wikipedia, Wikimedia Commons, MediaWiki, Wiktionary, Wikibooks, Wikisource, Wikinews, Wikiquote, Wikiversity, Wikispecies, Wikidata, Wikivoyage and Meta-Wiki are pending trademark registration or are registered trademarks of Wikimedia Foundation. </div> Para mais informações, veja nossa página de Política de Marcas Registradas, [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy|https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/Trademark_Policy]]. Para outras perguntas sobre nossos termos de licenciamento ou política de marcas registradas, envie um e-mail para legal@wikimedia.org. [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] [[Category:Education{{#translation:}}]] 27qhh977vxg3m0kqsx45f8exb8ee7jn 278349 278347 2026-08-05T06:24:18Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Nessa brochura, apresentamos a tarefa de pedir aos alunos que escrevam um artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso, uma das tarefas mais comuns utilizadas pelos instrutores." 278349 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> [[File:Instructor Basics How to Use Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool.pdf|thumb|Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino]] Este é o texto do folheto do Programa de Educação da Wikipédia '''Noções básicas do instrutor: como usar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino''', revisado no final de 2013. ==text== ===page 1 (cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino Fundação Wikimedia ===page 2=== A Wikipedia é a enciclopédia livre e ''online'' que pode ser editada por qualquer pessoa. Sendo o quinto ''website'' mais visitado do mundo, a Wikipédia é um recurso usado pela maioria dos estudantes universitários. Mas muitos educadores de todo o mundo também têm usado a Wikipédia como ferramenta de ensino em suas salas de aula universitárias. Neste folheto, reunimos suas experiências para lhe ajudar a determinar como usar a Wikipédia em sua sala de aula. Organizamos este folheto em três partes: Planejamento de tarefas Aprenda as principais políticas da Wikipédia e obtenha mais informações sobre a elaboração de tarefas, com foco em pedir aos alunos que escrevam artigos na Wikipédia para a aula. Durante o semestre Aprenda sobre a estrutura de um bom artigo da Wikipédia, como os alunos devem escolher quais artigos melhorar, sugestões sobre o que abordar em uma sessão de laboratório da Wikipédia e como interagir com a comunidade de editores da Wikipédia. Após o semestre Veja um exemplo de estrutura de avaliação para tarefas da Wikipédia que funcionou com outros instrutores. ===page 3=== Planejamento de tarefas Compreendendo as políticas principais Desde o início da Wikipédia, em 2001, a comunidade de editores voluntários —os “wikipedistas”— desenvolveu várias políticas importantes destinadas a garantir que a Wikipédia seja o mais confiável e útil possível. Qualquer trabalho que você integrar em sua sala de aula deve seguir essas políticas. A compreensão dessas políticas fundamentais garante que você desenvolva um trabalho que atenda aos seus objetivos de aprendizado e, ao mesmo tempo, melhore a Wikipédia. ;Conteúdo livre [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 2, User Lechatjaune photo.tif|thumb]] “O trabalho com o qual os alunos contribuem para a Wikipédia é conteúdo livre e torna-se parte do patrimônio comum. Ele pode ser editado e reutilizado por outros sob uma licença livre. Todo texto escrito na Wikipédia deve ser original. Não é apropriado copiar e colar de outras fontes.” — Usuário:Lechatjaune fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Lechatjaune ;Ponto de vista neutro [[File:GorillaWarfare.JPG|thumb]] “Tudo na Wikipédia deve ser escrito de um ponto de vista neutro. A Wikipédia não é o lugar para argumentação ou defesa de interesses. Todas as informações devem ser apresentadas com precisão e sem preconceitos, descrevendo todos os pontos de vista significativos publicados por fontes confiáveis. Devemos explicar as diferentes opiniões sobre um tópico, não defender uma ou outra.” — Usuária:GorillaWarfare fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:GorillaWarfare ;Notoriedade [[File:Mohamed Ouda.jpg|thumb]] “Usamos o conceito de notoriedade para determinar se um tópico merece um artigo. Em geral, consideramos um tópico notável se houve cobertura de terceiros sobre o tópico em fontes confiáveis. Se seus alunos estiverem começando novos artigos, eles deverão encontrar várias fontes independentes e confiáveis sobre o tópico antes de começar.” — Usuário:Mohamed Ouda fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Faris knight ;Fontes confiáveis [[File:Mariana Jó @ Cidade Universitária, USP. São Paulo. Brasil.jpg|thumb]] “As fontes mais confiáveis na Wikipédia são fontes de terceiros com reputação de verificação de fatos, como livros publicados por editoras acadêmicas, revistas acadêmicas revisadas por pares e jornais internacionais. Evite citar ''blogs'', comunicados à imprensa e outras fontes menos formais. Os alunos devem usar fontes que representem pontos de vista significativos, em vez de estudos isolados ou trabalhos marginais.” — Usuária:Mariana Jó fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:Mariana Jó ;Boa-fé [[File:Mike Christie.jpg|thumb]] “Todos que editam a Wikipédia, inclusive estudantes, devem assumir a boa-fé ao interagir com os outros. Isso significa que tratamos uns aos outros com respeito e presumimos que todos estão operando com o mesmo objetivo: melhorar o conteúdo da Wikipédia. Valorizamos a civilidade ao interagir sobre tópicos polêmicos. Lembre-se de sempre discutir o conteúdo que está sendo editado, e não a pessoa que está editando, e evite ataques pessoais.” — Usuário:Mike Christie fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Mike Christie ===page 4=== Planejamento de tarefas Elaborando suas tarefas A Wikipédia oferece diversas opções de tarefas, de acordo com seus objetivos de aprendizagem. Leve em consideração as competências dos seus alunos, o nível de contribuição que você deseja que eles façam à Wikipédia e quanto tempo você tem no curso para dedicar à tarefa. Nessa brochura, apresentamos a tarefa de pedir aos alunos que escrevam um artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso, uma das tarefas mais comuns utilizadas pelos instrutores. <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment: Write an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the “Write an article” assignment, you ask your students to expand an existing article or create a new article on a course-related topic. Using reliable sources, students document information about the topic. Often, instructors feature this assignment in conjunction with a longer analytical paper offline; students’ Wikipedia articles form the literature review sections of their papers. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Alternative assignments: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Translate an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Language instructors find this to be a very practical assignment. Your students take high quality articles from the Wikipedia of the language they are studying that are not currently available on their native language Wikipedia, and translate those articles into their native language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Add illustrations to an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If your students are adept at media, this can be a great way of contributing to Wikipedia in a non-textual way. In the past, students have photographed local monuments that had no photos illustrating the articles, designed infographics to illustrate concepts on Wikipedia, or created videos that demonstrated audiovisually what articles describe in words. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Copyediting </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Since Wikipedia is a user-generated resource, you’ll find plenty of typos and much room for improvement in the prose. Asking students to improve the grammar of an article is a good way for them to learn copyediting skills and think critically about how good writing is done in your discipline. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A complementary brochure, “Case Studies: How instructors are teaching with Wikipedia”, includes links to syllabi and assignment descriptions instructors have used around the world. A few common assignments are listed here, but you are encouraged to consult it for more ideas. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / Assignment planning </div> ===page 5=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Learning objectives </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Asking students to write a Wikipedia article generally meets these four learning objectives well. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Writing skills development </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn how to write for a diverse and interested readership that represents a significant percentage of the worldwide online population. Furthermore, with Wikipedia’s emphasis on verifiability and “no original research,” students gain a greater understanding of the difference between fact-based and persuasive writing styles. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Media and information literacy </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia’s transparent and collaborative content development process allows students to gain a deeper understanding of how information is both produced and consumed. This provides an excellent opportunity for students to reflect on available sources and their appropriate usage. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Critical thinking and research skills </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn to critically analyze Wikipedia articles to determine how well an article covers the topic, to assess what information is missing, and to evaluate to what extent the article is documented with reliable sources. In the larger context, the evaluation of Wikipedia articles helps your students learn how to evaluate different sources, not only Wikipedia. The process of assessing an existing article and deciding what information is missing is very similar to the literature review process that is crucial in scholarly research. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaboration </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn first-hand how to collaborate with a community of active volunteer editors (including their fellow students) in the development of encyclopedic content. They often receive feedback on their work and learn to negotiate with other editors in building consensus on content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Syllabus design </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Experienced instructors say it is crucial for students who are going to be editing Wikipedia to become comfortable not only with the markup, but also the community. Requiring tiny assignments early in the term, such as those listed below, will acclimate them to the site. Instructors who do not set up these milestones throughout the term usually have bad experiences with their assignments. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These simple tasks prepare students for a longer Wikipedia assignment by introducing students to skills they will need later. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students should create a user page, adding a sentence or two about themselves and adding an image from Wikimedia Commons (Wikipedia’s image repository). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Encourage students to upload a photo to Wikimedia Commons that they’ve taken themselves. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to improve the clarity of a sentence or two in an article related to class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students could use a reading from the course to add a reference to an article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Once they’ve selected a topic to write on, students should post a message on that article’s talk page with some proposed sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to post an outline of their proposed changes to the talk page before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Once students have accomplished these milestones, they’ll be more comfortable with working on Wikipedia. Students procrastinate, so it’s better to use these as early milestones that will be completed before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A companion brochure offers a sample syllabus used by more than 100 instructors who have run this type of assignment. Download the brochure at </div> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment planning / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 6=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Choosing an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Determining what articles students should work on can be a challenge. Some instructors create a list of articles and ask students to pick from the list; others require students to propose topics. If you would like your students to create new articles, rather than improve existing articles, make sure they have read Wikipedia’s notability policy and are confident the topics are notable — that is, well-covered by reputable third-party sources in your field. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just what makes a good Wikipedia article? Make sure you and your students familiarize yourselves with the structure of a typical Wikipedia article in your discipline, so students know what types of sections they will be expected to contribute. Most students will have never thought about the structure of an encyclopedia article before, so spending a few minutes in class clarifying how information is structured in encyclopedias is important. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Do’s </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Ask your students to choose a topic that is well established in the discipline, but only weakly represented on Wikipedia. If there is a lot of literature available on the topic, but only a small amount of that information exists on Wikipedia, that is the best situation to work from.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Look for articles rated “stub” or “start” class on Wikipedia’s internal assessment process. You can see an article’s assessment by visiting its talk page.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Make sure you search for a few different variants on the term before creating an article. Often, you may find that a topic has already been covered under a different name.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Don’ts </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid trying to improve articles on very broad topics (e.g., law) or articles that are already of high quality on Wikipedia (“Featured Articles”). These topics are more challenging to improve effectively.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t try to improve topics that are highly controversial, likeglobal warming, abortion, or Scientology. Contentious topics often lead to fights on Wikipedia. Students should be encouraged to start sub-articles instead.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid working on topics that are only sparsely covered by literature. Students will have a difficult time providing enough reliable sources to create a Wikipedia article.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t start articles with titles that imply an essay-like approach, such as “The Effects That The Recent Sub-Prime Mortgage Crisis has had on the US and Global Economics” instead of “Subprime mortgage crisis.” Wikipedia is an encyclopedia, and essays are not appropriate.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 7=== [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 7, Hurricane Irene screenshot.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Typical structure of a Wikipedia article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A quality Wikipedia article is the result of a well-defined structure, encyclopedic content, and an active community. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Lead section </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A lead section should summarize the key points covered in the article. Note that the lead section is without a heading. The first sentence should provide a definition of the topic of the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Infobox </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many articles contain an infobox that describes key elements of the topic. Find an article on a similar topic to yours and copy the code for the infobox to add one to your article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Body of the article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Headers clearly delineate appropriate sections. In the case of this article, the body covers the history of the hurricane as well as its impact. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Images </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Freely licensed images can be added to Wikipedia articles from Wikimedia Commons. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Appendices and footnotes </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the content comes a section with other related Wikipedia articles (“See also”), the sources used in the article (“References”), and a list of other websites people could consult for more information (“External links”). </div> ===page 8=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Teaching wiki basics to students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the first few weeks of class, we recommend that you give students an introduction to the basics of Wikipedia, including instructions on how to edit and some things they should keep in mind about how writing for Wikipedia is different from a typical college essay. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you have time, take your students into a computer lab and do a hands-on introduction to wiki markup. This allows students to see editing take place “live,” and gives them a safe space to make mistakes and ask questions in real-time. Typically, such labs last an hour or two. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you feel comfortable enough with wiki markup, you can teach this lab yourself. If not, you can recruit local Wikipedians or contact your local Wikipedia Campus Ambassador (if your university has one). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Tips for what to cover </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Bolding and italicizing text</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create headers</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to edit subsections</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create bulleted and numbered lists</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create links</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create references</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create a sandbox</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Distinctions among article pages, talk pages, and user pages</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Use of talk pages</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you’d rather have students do this on their own time, an online training covering this material is available at: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is best to have students create their user accounts before they come to the lab. This allows them to read Wikipedia’s username policy and consider how anonymous they want to be on the site (and also avoids triggering the automatic limits placed on creating numerous accounts from the same location in a short time period). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How Wikipedia is different from a college essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here are some ways that writing for Wikipedia may take some extra thought for students: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fact-based, not persuasive writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Rather than making an argument, students will be writing a description of the information about a topic, cited to reliable sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Formal tone and basic language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Articles should be written in a formal tone, but with easy-to-understand language. Wikipedia isn’t the place for students to show off their extensive vocabularies. The audience of Wikipedia is global, and people who have never heard of the topic before will be reading what students are writing. Students need to clearly convey the basics of the topic in their writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No large block quotes. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Academic writing favors large block quotes from reputable sources, but Wikipedia’s policies state that you should try to paraphrase whenever possible. Quoting from sources is encouraged, but students should try to provide the context in their own words and only quote the truly key phrase or two from the original. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 9=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Interacting with the community </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaborating with the Wikipedia community is key to giving your students the full benefits of a Wikipedia assignment. But how do you do that? </div> [[File:User Bookworm-df300b.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Mstislavl-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Vulpeto-df300c.tif|thumb]] [[File:Editor Video Still 22.tiff|thumb]] [[File:User CBrown1023-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Rajeshpandey-df300b.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> photos CC BY-SA 3.0 by Jelly Helm </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedians interact by writing messages to each other on article talk pages or user talk pages. If another user wants to communicate with you, s/he will most likely leave a message directly on your user talk page or the talk page of the article you’ve been working on. It is a good idea to monitor and respond to these messages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All Wikipedia interaction assumes good faith. That is, until it can be demonstrated otherwise, we assume that other editors are here to help improve the encyclopedia. Therefore, all editors should be treated with respect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When making changes to Wikipedia articles, it is expected that editors will explain their changes briefly in an edit summary. When you fill in the small box in the edit window with a phrase such as “copyediting” or “adding a reference,” others will be able to follow the history of the article when they click on the “View history” tab. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Etiquette </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Like any community, Wikipedia has an etiquette. These few simple guidelines will help you get along with Wikipedians: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Assume good faith: Assume other editors are trying to improve the project. Try to understand their point of view. Discuss. Negotiate. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Be polite and remember that it is more difficult to read sarcasm and irony in text than in verbal form. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Always sign your posts on talk pages so others can follow who is saying what by using four tildes (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>), which will automatically add your username and the date. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss major changes you are making to the encyclopedia on article talk pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss article content, not editors. Do not make personal attacks. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 10=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assessing student work </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How can you assess your students’ contributions to Wikipedia and writing about Wikipedia? Depending on the complexity of your assignment, designing a grading rubric for it may be easy or challenging. Here is a sample grading rubric that has worked well for other instructors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Grading Structure </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 5% each (x4) </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation grade for early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation in class blog or class discussions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews and collaboration with classmates </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 50% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of your main Wikipedia contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> student grade </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / After the term </div> ===page 11=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Did students complete the milestones (first referenced on page 5) listed in your syllabus? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Class blog or class discussion </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors ask students to keep a running blog about their experiences. Giving them prompts every week or every two weeks, such as “To what extent are the editors on Wikipedia a self-selecting group and why?” will help them begin to think about the larger issues surrounding this online encyclopedia community. It will also give you material both on the wiki and off the wiki to grade. If you have time in class, these discussions can be particularly constructive in person. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students evaluate each others’ work on Wikipedia, leaving reviews for each other on or off the site. These evaluations can cover questions such as how reliable are the references, how well does the article cover the topic, or how well-written is the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors contrast what an article looked like before and after a student worked on it, using the article history. You can compare the beginning version with the end, extract the contributions made by the students, and see the individual changes made by the students. You may want your students to do this comparison themselves and add it to a portfolio they present to you. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the assignment is over, ask students to write a short reflective essay on their experiences using Wikipedia. This works well for both short and long Wikipedia projects. An interesting iteration of this is to have students write a short version of the essay before they begin editing Wikipedia, outlining their expectations, and then have them reflect on whether or not those expectations were met after they have completed the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For instructors </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Case Studies: How professors are teaching with Wikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikipedia Education Program Case Studies.pdf|thumb]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fifteen professors from six countries are featured in this brochure, as each explains how he or she used Wikipedia in the classroom or how he or she graded the assignment. The web version of the brochure includes links to syllabi and assignment handouts. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Syllabus </div> [[File:Sample Syllabus for Wikipedia assignment.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A week-by-week guide to incorporating a “write a Wikipedia article” assignment into your classes. It includes some key milestones that have proven to be effective at ensuring that students derive the greatest educational benefits from editing Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Online Orientation: Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool </div> [[File:The Essentials brochure, p 2, online orientation screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All instructors are highly encouraged to complete the online orientation for educators before planning a syllabus. It will introduce you to the culture and rules of Wikipedia, demonstrate the basics of editing, and walk you through a typical Wikipedia assignment like this one. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:EDUCATOR </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Welcome to Wikipedia </div> [[File:Editing Wikipedia brochure EN.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A basic introduction to contributing to Wikipedia: how to create a Wikipedia user account, how to start editing, and how to communicate with other contributors. You will also learn how articles evolve on Wikipedia and how to rate the quality of an existing article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/welcometowikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Editing Basics </div> [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 11, Student training screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students are encouraged to take an online training that walks them through the basics of how to contribute to Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 12 (back cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Ready to join the Wikipedia Education Program? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Education programs already exist in many countries, and Wikimedia volunteers are creating new programs every term. In countries where the Wikipedia Education Program is in operation, volunteer Wikipedia Ambassadors may be available to offer you and your students assistance in learning the best ways to contribute to Wikipedia for class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Join us! For more information, visit </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All images from the Wikimedia Commons are under a CC BY-SA or public domain license unless otherwise stated. The content contained within is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike License v.3.0 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:CC-BY-SA) or any later version. </div> [[File:Cc by-sa (1).svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The trademarks and logos of the Wikimedia Foundation and any other organization are not included under the terms of this Creative Commons license. Wikimedia Foundation, Wikipedia, Wikimedia Commons, MediaWiki, Wiktionary, Wikibooks, Wikisource, Wikinews, Wikiquote, Wikiversity, Wikispecies, Wikidata, Wikivoyage and Meta-Wiki are pending trademark registration or are registered trademarks of Wikimedia Foundation. </div> Para mais informações, veja nossa página de Política de Marcas Registradas, [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy|https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/Trademark_Policy]]. Para outras perguntas sobre nossos termos de licenciamento ou política de marcas registradas, envie um e-mail para legal@wikimedia.org. [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] [[Category:Education{{#translation:}}]] dhbri68da1hz27bhs604va313bjm9s1 278351 278349 2026-08-05T06:24:34Z Eduardogobi 8953 278351 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> [[File:Instructor Basics How to Use Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool.pdf|thumb|Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino]] Este é o texto do folheto do Programa de Educação da Wikipédia '''Noções básicas do instrutor: como usar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino''', revisado no final de 2013. ==text== ===page 1 (cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino Fundação Wikimedia ===page 2=== A Wikipedia é a enciclopédia livre e ''online'' que pode ser editada por qualquer pessoa. Sendo o quinto ''website'' mais visitado do mundo, a Wikipédia é um recurso usado pela maioria dos estudantes universitários. Mas muitos educadores de todo o mundo também têm usado a Wikipédia como ferramenta de ensino em suas salas de aula universitárias. Neste folheto, reunimos suas experiências para lhe ajudar a determinar como usar a Wikipédia em sua sala de aula. Organizamos este folheto em três partes: Planejamento de tarefas Aprenda as principais políticas da Wikipédia e obtenha mais informações sobre a elaboração de tarefas, com foco em pedir aos alunos que escrevam artigos na Wikipédia para a aula. Durante o semestre Aprenda sobre a estrutura de um bom artigo da Wikipédia, como os alunos devem escolher quais artigos melhorar, sugestões sobre o que abordar em uma sessão de laboratório da Wikipédia e como interagir com a comunidade de editores da Wikipédia. Após o semestre Veja um exemplo de estrutura de avaliação para tarefas da Wikipédia que funcionou com outros instrutores. ===page 3=== Planejamento de tarefas Compreendendo as políticas principais Desde o início da Wikipédia, em 2001, a comunidade de editores voluntários —os “wikipedistas”— desenvolveu várias políticas importantes destinadas a garantir que a Wikipédia seja o mais confiável e útil possível. Qualquer trabalho que você integrar em sua sala de aula deve seguir essas políticas. A compreensão dessas políticas fundamentais garante que você desenvolva um trabalho que atenda aos seus objetivos de aprendizado e, ao mesmo tempo, melhore a Wikipédia. ;Conteúdo livre [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 2, User Lechatjaune photo.tif|thumb]] “O trabalho com o qual os alunos contribuem para a Wikipédia é conteúdo livre e torna-se parte do patrimônio comum. Ele pode ser editado e reutilizado por outros sob uma licença livre. Todo texto escrito na Wikipédia deve ser original. Não é apropriado copiar e colar de outras fontes.” — Usuário:Lechatjaune fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Lechatjaune ;Ponto de vista neutro [[File:GorillaWarfare.JPG|thumb]] “Tudo na Wikipédia deve ser escrito de um ponto de vista neutro. A Wikipédia não é o lugar para argumentação ou defesa de interesses. Todas as informações devem ser apresentadas com precisão e sem preconceitos, descrevendo todos os pontos de vista significativos publicados por fontes confiáveis. Devemos explicar as diferentes opiniões sobre um tópico, não defender uma ou outra.” — Usuária:GorillaWarfare fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:GorillaWarfare ;Notoriedade [[File:Mohamed Ouda.jpg|thumb]] “Usamos o conceito de notoriedade para determinar se um tópico merece um artigo. Em geral, consideramos um tópico notável se houve cobertura de terceiros sobre o tópico em fontes confiáveis. Se seus alunos estiverem começando novos artigos, eles deverão encontrar várias fontes independentes e confiáveis sobre o tópico antes de começar.” — Usuário:Mohamed Ouda fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Faris knight ;Fontes confiáveis [[File:Mariana Jó @ Cidade Universitária, USP. São Paulo. Brasil.jpg|thumb]] “As fontes mais confiáveis na Wikipédia são fontes de terceiros com reputação de verificação de fatos, como livros publicados por editoras acadêmicas, revistas acadêmicas revisadas por pares e jornais internacionais. Evite citar ''blogs'', comunicados à imprensa e outras fontes menos formais. Os alunos devem usar fontes que representem pontos de vista significativos, em vez de estudos isolados ou trabalhos marginais.” — Usuária:Mariana Jó fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:Mariana Jó ;Boa-fé [[File:Mike Christie.jpg|thumb]] “Todos que editam a Wikipédia, inclusive estudantes, devem assumir a boa-fé ao interagir com os outros. Isso significa que tratamos uns aos outros com respeito e presumimos que todos estão operando com o mesmo objetivo: melhorar o conteúdo da Wikipédia. Valorizamos a civilidade ao interagir sobre tópicos polêmicos. Lembre-se de sempre discutir o conteúdo que está sendo editado, e não a pessoa que está editando, e evite ataques pessoais.” — Usuário:Mike Christie fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Mike Christie ===page 4=== Planejamento de tarefas Elaborando suas tarefas A Wikipédia oferece diversas opções de tarefas, de acordo com seus objetivos de aprendizagem. Leve em consideração as competências dos seus alunos, o nível de contribuição que você deseja que eles façam à Wikipédia e quanto tempo você tem no curso para dedicar à tarefa. Nesse folheto, apresentamos a tarefa de pedir aos alunos que escrevam um artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso, uma das tarefas mais comuns utilizadas pelos instrutores. <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment: Write an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the “Write an article” assignment, you ask your students to expand an existing article or create a new article on a course-related topic. Using reliable sources, students document information about the topic. Often, instructors feature this assignment in conjunction with a longer analytical paper offline; students’ Wikipedia articles form the literature review sections of their papers. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Alternative assignments: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Translate an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Language instructors find this to be a very practical assignment. Your students take high quality articles from the Wikipedia of the language they are studying that are not currently available on their native language Wikipedia, and translate those articles into their native language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Add illustrations to an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If your students are adept at media, this can be a great way of contributing to Wikipedia in a non-textual way. In the past, students have photographed local monuments that had no photos illustrating the articles, designed infographics to illustrate concepts on Wikipedia, or created videos that demonstrated audiovisually what articles describe in words. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Copyediting </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Since Wikipedia is a user-generated resource, you’ll find plenty of typos and much room for improvement in the prose. Asking students to improve the grammar of an article is a good way for them to learn copyediting skills and think critically about how good writing is done in your discipline. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A complementary brochure, “Case Studies: How instructors are teaching with Wikipedia”, includes links to syllabi and assignment descriptions instructors have used around the world. A few common assignments are listed here, but you are encouraged to consult it for more ideas. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / Assignment planning </div> ===page 5=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Learning objectives </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Asking students to write a Wikipedia article generally meets these four learning objectives well. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Writing skills development </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn how to write for a diverse and interested readership that represents a significant percentage of the worldwide online population. Furthermore, with Wikipedia’s emphasis on verifiability and “no original research,” students gain a greater understanding of the difference between fact-based and persuasive writing styles. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Media and information literacy </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia’s transparent and collaborative content development process allows students to gain a deeper understanding of how information is both produced and consumed. This provides an excellent opportunity for students to reflect on available sources and their appropriate usage. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Critical thinking and research skills </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn to critically analyze Wikipedia articles to determine how well an article covers the topic, to assess what information is missing, and to evaluate to what extent the article is documented with reliable sources. In the larger context, the evaluation of Wikipedia articles helps your students learn how to evaluate different sources, not only Wikipedia. The process of assessing an existing article and deciding what information is missing is very similar to the literature review process that is crucial in scholarly research. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaboration </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn first-hand how to collaborate with a community of active volunteer editors (including their fellow students) in the development of encyclopedic content. They often receive feedback on their work and learn to negotiate with other editors in building consensus on content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Syllabus design </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Experienced instructors say it is crucial for students who are going to be editing Wikipedia to become comfortable not only with the markup, but also the community. Requiring tiny assignments early in the term, such as those listed below, will acclimate them to the site. Instructors who do not set up these milestones throughout the term usually have bad experiences with their assignments. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These simple tasks prepare students for a longer Wikipedia assignment by introducing students to skills they will need later. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students should create a user page, adding a sentence or two about themselves and adding an image from Wikimedia Commons (Wikipedia’s image repository). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Encourage students to upload a photo to Wikimedia Commons that they’ve taken themselves. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to improve the clarity of a sentence or two in an article related to class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students could use a reading from the course to add a reference to an article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Once they’ve selected a topic to write on, students should post a message on that article’s talk page with some proposed sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to post an outline of their proposed changes to the talk page before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Once students have accomplished these milestones, they’ll be more comfortable with working on Wikipedia. Students procrastinate, so it’s better to use these as early milestones that will be completed before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A companion brochure offers a sample syllabus used by more than 100 instructors who have run this type of assignment. Download the brochure at </div> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment planning / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 6=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Choosing an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Determining what articles students should work on can be a challenge. Some instructors create a list of articles and ask students to pick from the list; others require students to propose topics. If you would like your students to create new articles, rather than improve existing articles, make sure they have read Wikipedia’s notability policy and are confident the topics are notable — that is, well-covered by reputable third-party sources in your field. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just what makes a good Wikipedia article? Make sure you and your students familiarize yourselves with the structure of a typical Wikipedia article in your discipline, so students know what types of sections they will be expected to contribute. Most students will have never thought about the structure of an encyclopedia article before, so spending a few minutes in class clarifying how information is structured in encyclopedias is important. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Do’s </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Ask your students to choose a topic that is well established in the discipline, but only weakly represented on Wikipedia. If there is a lot of literature available on the topic, but only a small amount of that information exists on Wikipedia, that is the best situation to work from.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Look for articles rated “stub” or “start” class on Wikipedia’s internal assessment process. You can see an article’s assessment by visiting its talk page.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Make sure you search for a few different variants on the term before creating an article. Often, you may find that a topic has already been covered under a different name.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Don’ts </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid trying to improve articles on very broad topics (e.g., law) or articles that are already of high quality on Wikipedia (“Featured Articles”). These topics are more challenging to improve effectively.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t try to improve topics that are highly controversial, likeglobal warming, abortion, or Scientology. Contentious topics often lead to fights on Wikipedia. Students should be encouraged to start sub-articles instead.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid working on topics that are only sparsely covered by literature. Students will have a difficult time providing enough reliable sources to create a Wikipedia article.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t start articles with titles that imply an essay-like approach, such as “The Effects That The Recent Sub-Prime Mortgage Crisis has had on the US and Global Economics” instead of “Subprime mortgage crisis.” Wikipedia is an encyclopedia, and essays are not appropriate.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 7=== [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 7, Hurricane Irene screenshot.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Typical structure of a Wikipedia article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A quality Wikipedia article is the result of a well-defined structure, encyclopedic content, and an active community. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Lead section </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A lead section should summarize the key points covered in the article. Note that the lead section is without a heading. The first sentence should provide a definition of the topic of the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Infobox </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many articles contain an infobox that describes key elements of the topic. Find an article on a similar topic to yours and copy the code for the infobox to add one to your article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Body of the article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Headers clearly delineate appropriate sections. In the case of this article, the body covers the history of the hurricane as well as its impact. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Images </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Freely licensed images can be added to Wikipedia articles from Wikimedia Commons. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Appendices and footnotes </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the content comes a section with other related Wikipedia articles (“See also”), the sources used in the article (“References”), and a list of other websites people could consult for more information (“External links”). </div> ===page 8=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Teaching wiki basics to students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the first few weeks of class, we recommend that you give students an introduction to the basics of Wikipedia, including instructions on how to edit and some things they should keep in mind about how writing for Wikipedia is different from a typical college essay. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you have time, take your students into a computer lab and do a hands-on introduction to wiki markup. This allows students to see editing take place “live,” and gives them a safe space to make mistakes and ask questions in real-time. Typically, such labs last an hour or two. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you feel comfortable enough with wiki markup, you can teach this lab yourself. If not, you can recruit local Wikipedians or contact your local Wikipedia Campus Ambassador (if your university has one). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Tips for what to cover </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Bolding and italicizing text</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create headers</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to edit subsections</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create bulleted and numbered lists</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create links</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create references</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create a sandbox</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Distinctions among article pages, talk pages, and user pages</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Use of talk pages</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you’d rather have students do this on their own time, an online training covering this material is available at: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is best to have students create their user accounts before they come to the lab. This allows them to read Wikipedia’s username policy and consider how anonymous they want to be on the site (and also avoids triggering the automatic limits placed on creating numerous accounts from the same location in a short time period). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How Wikipedia is different from a college essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here are some ways that writing for Wikipedia may take some extra thought for students: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fact-based, not persuasive writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Rather than making an argument, students will be writing a description of the information about a topic, cited to reliable sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Formal tone and basic language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Articles should be written in a formal tone, but with easy-to-understand language. Wikipedia isn’t the place for students to show off their extensive vocabularies. The audience of Wikipedia is global, and people who have never heard of the topic before will be reading what students are writing. Students need to clearly convey the basics of the topic in their writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No large block quotes. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Academic writing favors large block quotes from reputable sources, but Wikipedia’s policies state that you should try to paraphrase whenever possible. Quoting from sources is encouraged, but students should try to provide the context in their own words and only quote the truly key phrase or two from the original. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 9=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Interacting with the community </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaborating with the Wikipedia community is key to giving your students the full benefits of a Wikipedia assignment. But how do you do that? </div> [[File:User Bookworm-df300b.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Mstislavl-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Vulpeto-df300c.tif|thumb]] [[File:Editor Video Still 22.tiff|thumb]] [[File:User CBrown1023-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Rajeshpandey-df300b.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> photos CC BY-SA 3.0 by Jelly Helm </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedians interact by writing messages to each other on article talk pages or user talk pages. If another user wants to communicate with you, s/he will most likely leave a message directly on your user talk page or the talk page of the article you’ve been working on. It is a good idea to monitor and respond to these messages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All Wikipedia interaction assumes good faith. That is, until it can be demonstrated otherwise, we assume that other editors are here to help improve the encyclopedia. Therefore, all editors should be treated with respect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When making changes to Wikipedia articles, it is expected that editors will explain their changes briefly in an edit summary. When you fill in the small box in the edit window with a phrase such as “copyediting” or “adding a reference,” others will be able to follow the history of the article when they click on the “View history” tab. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Etiquette </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Like any community, Wikipedia has an etiquette. These few simple guidelines will help you get along with Wikipedians: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Assume good faith: Assume other editors are trying to improve the project. Try to understand their point of view. Discuss. Negotiate. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Be polite and remember that it is more difficult to read sarcasm and irony in text than in verbal form. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Always sign your posts on talk pages so others can follow who is saying what by using four tildes (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>), which will automatically add your username and the date. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss major changes you are making to the encyclopedia on article talk pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss article content, not editors. Do not make personal attacks. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 10=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assessing student work </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How can you assess your students’ contributions to Wikipedia and writing about Wikipedia? Depending on the complexity of your assignment, designing a grading rubric for it may be easy or challenging. Here is a sample grading rubric that has worked well for other instructors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Grading Structure </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 5% each (x4) </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation grade for early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation in class blog or class discussions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews and collaboration with classmates </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 50% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of your main Wikipedia contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> student grade </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / After the term </div> ===page 11=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Did students complete the milestones (first referenced on page 5) listed in your syllabus? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Class blog or class discussion </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors ask students to keep a running blog about their experiences. Giving them prompts every week or every two weeks, such as “To what extent are the editors on Wikipedia a self-selecting group and why?” will help them begin to think about the larger issues surrounding this online encyclopedia community. It will also give you material both on the wiki and off the wiki to grade. If you have time in class, these discussions can be particularly constructive in person. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students evaluate each others’ work on Wikipedia, leaving reviews for each other on or off the site. These evaluations can cover questions such as how reliable are the references, how well does the article cover the topic, or how well-written is the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors contrast what an article looked like before and after a student worked on it, using the article history. You can compare the beginning version with the end, extract the contributions made by the students, and see the individual changes made by the students. You may want your students to do this comparison themselves and add it to a portfolio they present to you. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the assignment is over, ask students to write a short reflective essay on their experiences using Wikipedia. This works well for both short and long Wikipedia projects. An interesting iteration of this is to have students write a short version of the essay before they begin editing Wikipedia, outlining their expectations, and then have them reflect on whether or not those expectations were met after they have completed the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For instructors </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Case Studies: How professors are teaching with Wikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikipedia Education Program Case Studies.pdf|thumb]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fifteen professors from six countries are featured in this brochure, as each explains how he or she used Wikipedia in the classroom or how he or she graded the assignment. The web version of the brochure includes links to syllabi and assignment handouts. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Syllabus </div> [[File:Sample Syllabus for Wikipedia assignment.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A week-by-week guide to incorporating a “write a Wikipedia article” assignment into your classes. It includes some key milestones that have proven to be effective at ensuring that students derive the greatest educational benefits from editing Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Online Orientation: Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool </div> [[File:The Essentials brochure, p 2, online orientation screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All instructors are highly encouraged to complete the online orientation for educators before planning a syllabus. It will introduce you to the culture and rules of Wikipedia, demonstrate the basics of editing, and walk you through a typical Wikipedia assignment like this one. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:EDUCATOR </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Welcome to Wikipedia </div> [[File:Editing Wikipedia brochure EN.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A basic introduction to contributing to Wikipedia: how to create a Wikipedia user account, how to start editing, and how to communicate with other contributors. You will also learn how articles evolve on Wikipedia and how to rate the quality of an existing article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/welcometowikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Editing Basics </div> [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 11, Student training screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students are encouraged to take an online training that walks them through the basics of how to contribute to Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 12 (back cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Ready to join the Wikipedia Education Program? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Education programs already exist in many countries, and Wikimedia volunteers are creating new programs every term. In countries where the Wikipedia Education Program is in operation, volunteer Wikipedia Ambassadors may be available to offer you and your students assistance in learning the best ways to contribute to Wikipedia for class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Join us! For more information, visit </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All images from the Wikimedia Commons are under a CC BY-SA or public domain license unless otherwise stated. The content contained within is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike License v.3.0 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:CC-BY-SA) or any later version. </div> [[File:Cc by-sa (1).svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The trademarks and logos of the Wikimedia Foundation and any other organization are not included under the terms of this Creative Commons license. Wikimedia Foundation, Wikipedia, Wikimedia Commons, MediaWiki, Wiktionary, Wikibooks, Wikisource, Wikinews, Wikiquote, Wikiversity, Wikispecies, Wikidata, Wikivoyage and Meta-Wiki are pending trademark registration or are registered trademarks of Wikimedia Foundation. </div> Para mais informações, veja nossa página de Política de Marcas Registradas, [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy|https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/Trademark_Policy]]. Para outras perguntas sobre nossos termos de licenciamento ou política de marcas registradas, envie um e-mail para legal@wikimedia.org. [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] [[Category:Education{{#translation:}}]] map3rqac3ipc5lqq1g0cdjlmmfi1wug 278353 278351 2026-08-05T06:25:01Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Tarefa: escrever um artigo" 278353 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> [[File:Instructor Basics How to Use Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool.pdf|thumb|Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino]] Este é o texto do folheto do Programa de Educação da Wikipédia '''Noções básicas do instrutor: como usar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino''', revisado no final de 2013. ==text== ===page 1 (cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino Fundação Wikimedia ===page 2=== A Wikipedia é a enciclopédia livre e ''online'' que pode ser editada por qualquer pessoa. Sendo o quinto ''website'' mais visitado do mundo, a Wikipédia é um recurso usado pela maioria dos estudantes universitários. Mas muitos educadores de todo o mundo também têm usado a Wikipédia como ferramenta de ensino em suas salas de aula universitárias. Neste folheto, reunimos suas experiências para lhe ajudar a determinar como usar a Wikipédia em sua sala de aula. Organizamos este folheto em três partes: Planejamento de tarefas Aprenda as principais políticas da Wikipédia e obtenha mais informações sobre a elaboração de tarefas, com foco em pedir aos alunos que escrevam artigos na Wikipédia para a aula. Durante o semestre Aprenda sobre a estrutura de um bom artigo da Wikipédia, como os alunos devem escolher quais artigos melhorar, sugestões sobre o que abordar em uma sessão de laboratório da Wikipédia e como interagir com a comunidade de editores da Wikipédia. Após o semestre Veja um exemplo de estrutura de avaliação para tarefas da Wikipédia que funcionou com outros instrutores. ===page 3=== Planejamento de tarefas Compreendendo as políticas principais Desde o início da Wikipédia, em 2001, a comunidade de editores voluntários —os “wikipedistas”— desenvolveu várias políticas importantes destinadas a garantir que a Wikipédia seja o mais confiável e útil possível. Qualquer trabalho que você integrar em sua sala de aula deve seguir essas políticas. A compreensão dessas políticas fundamentais garante que você desenvolva um trabalho que atenda aos seus objetivos de aprendizado e, ao mesmo tempo, melhore a Wikipédia. ;Conteúdo livre [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 2, User Lechatjaune photo.tif|thumb]] “O trabalho com o qual os alunos contribuem para a Wikipédia é conteúdo livre e torna-se parte do patrimônio comum. Ele pode ser editado e reutilizado por outros sob uma licença livre. Todo texto escrito na Wikipédia deve ser original. Não é apropriado copiar e colar de outras fontes.” — Usuário:Lechatjaune fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Lechatjaune ;Ponto de vista neutro [[File:GorillaWarfare.JPG|thumb]] “Tudo na Wikipédia deve ser escrito de um ponto de vista neutro. A Wikipédia não é o lugar para argumentação ou defesa de interesses. Todas as informações devem ser apresentadas com precisão e sem preconceitos, descrevendo todos os pontos de vista significativos publicados por fontes confiáveis. Devemos explicar as diferentes opiniões sobre um tópico, não defender uma ou outra.” — Usuária:GorillaWarfare fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:GorillaWarfare ;Notoriedade [[File:Mohamed Ouda.jpg|thumb]] “Usamos o conceito de notoriedade para determinar se um tópico merece um artigo. Em geral, consideramos um tópico notável se houve cobertura de terceiros sobre o tópico em fontes confiáveis. Se seus alunos estiverem começando novos artigos, eles deverão encontrar várias fontes independentes e confiáveis sobre o tópico antes de começar.” — Usuário:Mohamed Ouda fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Faris knight ;Fontes confiáveis [[File:Mariana Jó @ Cidade Universitária, USP. São Paulo. Brasil.jpg|thumb]] “As fontes mais confiáveis na Wikipédia são fontes de terceiros com reputação de verificação de fatos, como livros publicados por editoras acadêmicas, revistas acadêmicas revisadas por pares e jornais internacionais. Evite citar ''blogs'', comunicados à imprensa e outras fontes menos formais. Os alunos devem usar fontes que representem pontos de vista significativos, em vez de estudos isolados ou trabalhos marginais.” — Usuária:Mariana Jó fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:Mariana Jó ;Boa-fé [[File:Mike Christie.jpg|thumb]] “Todos que editam a Wikipédia, inclusive estudantes, devem assumir a boa-fé ao interagir com os outros. Isso significa que tratamos uns aos outros com respeito e presumimos que todos estão operando com o mesmo objetivo: melhorar o conteúdo da Wikipédia. Valorizamos a civilidade ao interagir sobre tópicos polêmicos. Lembre-se de sempre discutir o conteúdo que está sendo editado, e não a pessoa que está editando, e evite ataques pessoais.” — Usuário:Mike Christie fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Mike Christie ===page 4=== Planejamento de tarefas Elaborando suas tarefas A Wikipédia oferece diversas opções de tarefas, de acordo com seus objetivos de aprendizagem. Leve em consideração as competências dos seus alunos, o nível de contribuição que você deseja que eles façam à Wikipédia e quanto tempo você tem no curso para dedicar à tarefa. Nesse folheto, apresentamos a tarefa de pedir aos alunos que escrevam um artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso, uma das tarefas mais comuns utilizadas pelos instrutores. Tarefa: escrever um artigo <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the “Write an article” assignment, you ask your students to expand an existing article or create a new article on a course-related topic. Using reliable sources, students document information about the topic. Often, instructors feature this assignment in conjunction with a longer analytical paper offline; students’ Wikipedia articles form the literature review sections of their papers. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Alternative assignments: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Translate an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Language instructors find this to be a very practical assignment. Your students take high quality articles from the Wikipedia of the language they are studying that are not currently available on their native language Wikipedia, and translate those articles into their native language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Add illustrations to an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If your students are adept at media, this can be a great way of contributing to Wikipedia in a non-textual way. In the past, students have photographed local monuments that had no photos illustrating the articles, designed infographics to illustrate concepts on Wikipedia, or created videos that demonstrated audiovisually what articles describe in words. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Copyediting </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Since Wikipedia is a user-generated resource, you’ll find plenty of typos and much room for improvement in the prose. Asking students to improve the grammar of an article is a good way for them to learn copyediting skills and think critically about how good writing is done in your discipline. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A complementary brochure, “Case Studies: How instructors are teaching with Wikipedia”, includes links to syllabi and assignment descriptions instructors have used around the world. A few common assignments are listed here, but you are encouraged to consult it for more ideas. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / Assignment planning </div> ===page 5=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Learning objectives </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Asking students to write a Wikipedia article generally meets these four learning objectives well. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Writing skills development </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn how to write for a diverse and interested readership that represents a significant percentage of the worldwide online population. Furthermore, with Wikipedia’s emphasis on verifiability and “no original research,” students gain a greater understanding of the difference between fact-based and persuasive writing styles. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Media and information literacy </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia’s transparent and collaborative content development process allows students to gain a deeper understanding of how information is both produced and consumed. This provides an excellent opportunity for students to reflect on available sources and their appropriate usage. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Critical thinking and research skills </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn to critically analyze Wikipedia articles to determine how well an article covers the topic, to assess what information is missing, and to evaluate to what extent the article is documented with reliable sources. In the larger context, the evaluation of Wikipedia articles helps your students learn how to evaluate different sources, not only Wikipedia. The process of assessing an existing article and deciding what information is missing is very similar to the literature review process that is crucial in scholarly research. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaboration </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn first-hand how to collaborate with a community of active volunteer editors (including their fellow students) in the development of encyclopedic content. They often receive feedback on their work and learn to negotiate with other editors in building consensus on content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Syllabus design </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Experienced instructors say it is crucial for students who are going to be editing Wikipedia to become comfortable not only with the markup, but also the community. Requiring tiny assignments early in the term, such as those listed below, will acclimate them to the site. Instructors who do not set up these milestones throughout the term usually have bad experiences with their assignments. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These simple tasks prepare students for a longer Wikipedia assignment by introducing students to skills they will need later. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students should create a user page, adding a sentence or two about themselves and adding an image from Wikimedia Commons (Wikipedia’s image repository). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Encourage students to upload a photo to Wikimedia Commons that they’ve taken themselves. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to improve the clarity of a sentence or two in an article related to class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students could use a reading from the course to add a reference to an article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Once they’ve selected a topic to write on, students should post a message on that article’s talk page with some proposed sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to post an outline of their proposed changes to the talk page before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Once students have accomplished these milestones, they’ll be more comfortable with working on Wikipedia. Students procrastinate, so it’s better to use these as early milestones that will be completed before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A companion brochure offers a sample syllabus used by more than 100 instructors who have run this type of assignment. Download the brochure at </div> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment planning / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 6=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Choosing an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Determining what articles students should work on can be a challenge. Some instructors create a list of articles and ask students to pick from the list; others require students to propose topics. If you would like your students to create new articles, rather than improve existing articles, make sure they have read Wikipedia’s notability policy and are confident the topics are notable — that is, well-covered by reputable third-party sources in your field. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just what makes a good Wikipedia article? Make sure you and your students familiarize yourselves with the structure of a typical Wikipedia article in your discipline, so students know what types of sections they will be expected to contribute. Most students will have never thought about the structure of an encyclopedia article before, so spending a few minutes in class clarifying how information is structured in encyclopedias is important. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Do’s </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Ask your students to choose a topic that is well established in the discipline, but only weakly represented on Wikipedia. If there is a lot of literature available on the topic, but only a small amount of that information exists on Wikipedia, that is the best situation to work from.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Look for articles rated “stub” or “start” class on Wikipedia’s internal assessment process. You can see an article’s assessment by visiting its talk page.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Make sure you search for a few different variants on the term before creating an article. Often, you may find that a topic has already been covered under a different name.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Don’ts </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid trying to improve articles on very broad topics (e.g., law) or articles that are already of high quality on Wikipedia (“Featured Articles”). These topics are more challenging to improve effectively.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t try to improve topics that are highly controversial, likeglobal warming, abortion, or Scientology. Contentious topics often lead to fights on Wikipedia. Students should be encouraged to start sub-articles instead.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid working on topics that are only sparsely covered by literature. Students will have a difficult time providing enough reliable sources to create a Wikipedia article.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t start articles with titles that imply an essay-like approach, such as “The Effects That The Recent Sub-Prime Mortgage Crisis has had on the US and Global Economics” instead of “Subprime mortgage crisis.” Wikipedia is an encyclopedia, and essays are not appropriate.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 7=== [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 7, Hurricane Irene screenshot.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Typical structure of a Wikipedia article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A quality Wikipedia article is the result of a well-defined structure, encyclopedic content, and an active community. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Lead section </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A lead section should summarize the key points covered in the article. Note that the lead section is without a heading. The first sentence should provide a definition of the topic of the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Infobox </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many articles contain an infobox that describes key elements of the topic. Find an article on a similar topic to yours and copy the code for the infobox to add one to your article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Body of the article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Headers clearly delineate appropriate sections. In the case of this article, the body covers the history of the hurricane as well as its impact. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Images </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Freely licensed images can be added to Wikipedia articles from Wikimedia Commons. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Appendices and footnotes </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the content comes a section with other related Wikipedia articles (“See also”), the sources used in the article (“References”), and a list of other websites people could consult for more information (“External links”). </div> ===page 8=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Teaching wiki basics to students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the first few weeks of class, we recommend that you give students an introduction to the basics of Wikipedia, including instructions on how to edit and some things they should keep in mind about how writing for Wikipedia is different from a typical college essay. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you have time, take your students into a computer lab and do a hands-on introduction to wiki markup. This allows students to see editing take place “live,” and gives them a safe space to make mistakes and ask questions in real-time. Typically, such labs last an hour or two. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you feel comfortable enough with wiki markup, you can teach this lab yourself. If not, you can recruit local Wikipedians or contact your local Wikipedia Campus Ambassador (if your university has one). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Tips for what to cover </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Bolding and italicizing text</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create headers</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to edit subsections</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create bulleted and numbered lists</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create links</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create references</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create a sandbox</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Distinctions among article pages, talk pages, and user pages</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Use of talk pages</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you’d rather have students do this on their own time, an online training covering this material is available at: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is best to have students create their user accounts before they come to the lab. This allows them to read Wikipedia’s username policy and consider how anonymous they want to be on the site (and also avoids triggering the automatic limits placed on creating numerous accounts from the same location in a short time period). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How Wikipedia is different from a college essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here are some ways that writing for Wikipedia may take some extra thought for students: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fact-based, not persuasive writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Rather than making an argument, students will be writing a description of the information about a topic, cited to reliable sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Formal tone and basic language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Articles should be written in a formal tone, but with easy-to-understand language. Wikipedia isn’t the place for students to show off their extensive vocabularies. The audience of Wikipedia is global, and people who have never heard of the topic before will be reading what students are writing. Students need to clearly convey the basics of the topic in their writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No large block quotes. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Academic writing favors large block quotes from reputable sources, but Wikipedia’s policies state that you should try to paraphrase whenever possible. Quoting from sources is encouraged, but students should try to provide the context in their own words and only quote the truly key phrase or two from the original. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 9=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Interacting with the community </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaborating with the Wikipedia community is key to giving your students the full benefits of a Wikipedia assignment. But how do you do that? </div> [[File:User Bookworm-df300b.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Mstislavl-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Vulpeto-df300c.tif|thumb]] [[File:Editor Video Still 22.tiff|thumb]] [[File:User CBrown1023-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Rajeshpandey-df300b.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> photos CC BY-SA 3.0 by Jelly Helm </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedians interact by writing messages to each other on article talk pages or user talk pages. If another user wants to communicate with you, s/he will most likely leave a message directly on your user talk page or the talk page of the article you’ve been working on. It is a good idea to monitor and respond to these messages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All Wikipedia interaction assumes good faith. That is, until it can be demonstrated otherwise, we assume that other editors are here to help improve the encyclopedia. Therefore, all editors should be treated with respect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When making changes to Wikipedia articles, it is expected that editors will explain their changes briefly in an edit summary. When you fill in the small box in the edit window with a phrase such as “copyediting” or “adding a reference,” others will be able to follow the history of the article when they click on the “View history” tab. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Etiquette </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Like any community, Wikipedia has an etiquette. These few simple guidelines will help you get along with Wikipedians: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Assume good faith: Assume other editors are trying to improve the project. Try to understand their point of view. Discuss. Negotiate. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Be polite and remember that it is more difficult to read sarcasm and irony in text than in verbal form. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Always sign your posts on talk pages so others can follow who is saying what by using four tildes (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>), which will automatically add your username and the date. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss major changes you are making to the encyclopedia on article talk pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss article content, not editors. Do not make personal attacks. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 10=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assessing student work </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How can you assess your students’ contributions to Wikipedia and writing about Wikipedia? Depending on the complexity of your assignment, designing a grading rubric for it may be easy or challenging. Here is a sample grading rubric that has worked well for other instructors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Grading Structure </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 5% each (x4) </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation grade for early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation in class blog or class discussions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews and collaboration with classmates </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 50% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of your main Wikipedia contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> student grade </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / After the term </div> ===page 11=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Did students complete the milestones (first referenced on page 5) listed in your syllabus? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Class blog or class discussion </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors ask students to keep a running blog about their experiences. Giving them prompts every week or every two weeks, such as “To what extent are the editors on Wikipedia a self-selecting group and why?” will help them begin to think about the larger issues surrounding this online encyclopedia community. It will also give you material both on the wiki and off the wiki to grade. If you have time in class, these discussions can be particularly constructive in person. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students evaluate each others’ work on Wikipedia, leaving reviews for each other on or off the site. These evaluations can cover questions such as how reliable are the references, how well does the article cover the topic, or how well-written is the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors contrast what an article looked like before and after a student worked on it, using the article history. You can compare the beginning version with the end, extract the contributions made by the students, and see the individual changes made by the students. You may want your students to do this comparison themselves and add it to a portfolio they present to you. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the assignment is over, ask students to write a short reflective essay on their experiences using Wikipedia. This works well for both short and long Wikipedia projects. An interesting iteration of this is to have students write a short version of the essay before they begin editing Wikipedia, outlining their expectations, and then have them reflect on whether or not those expectations were met after they have completed the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For instructors </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Case Studies: How professors are teaching with Wikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikipedia Education Program Case Studies.pdf|thumb]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fifteen professors from six countries are featured in this brochure, as each explains how he or she used Wikipedia in the classroom or how he or she graded the assignment. The web version of the brochure includes links to syllabi and assignment handouts. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Syllabus </div> [[File:Sample Syllabus for Wikipedia assignment.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A week-by-week guide to incorporating a “write a Wikipedia article” assignment into your classes. It includes some key milestones that have proven to be effective at ensuring that students derive the greatest educational benefits from editing Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Online Orientation: Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool </div> [[File:The Essentials brochure, p 2, online orientation screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All instructors are highly encouraged to complete the online orientation for educators before planning a syllabus. It will introduce you to the culture and rules of Wikipedia, demonstrate the basics of editing, and walk you through a typical Wikipedia assignment like this one. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:EDUCATOR </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Welcome to Wikipedia </div> [[File:Editing Wikipedia brochure EN.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A basic introduction to contributing to Wikipedia: how to create a Wikipedia user account, how to start editing, and how to communicate with other contributors. You will also learn how articles evolve on Wikipedia and how to rate the quality of an existing article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/welcometowikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Editing Basics </div> [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 11, Student training screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students are encouraged to take an online training that walks them through the basics of how to contribute to Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 12 (back cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Ready to join the Wikipedia Education Program? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Education programs already exist in many countries, and Wikimedia volunteers are creating new programs every term. In countries where the Wikipedia Education Program is in operation, volunteer Wikipedia Ambassadors may be available to offer you and your students assistance in learning the best ways to contribute to Wikipedia for class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Join us! For more information, visit </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All images from the Wikimedia Commons are under a CC BY-SA or public domain license unless otherwise stated. The content contained within is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike License v.3.0 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:CC-BY-SA) or any later version. </div> [[File:Cc by-sa (1).svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The trademarks and logos of the Wikimedia Foundation and any other organization are not included under the terms of this Creative Commons license. Wikimedia Foundation, Wikipedia, Wikimedia Commons, MediaWiki, Wiktionary, Wikibooks, Wikisource, Wikinews, Wikiquote, Wikiversity, Wikispecies, Wikidata, Wikivoyage and Meta-Wiki are pending trademark registration or are registered trademarks of Wikimedia Foundation. </div> Para mais informações, veja nossa página de Política de Marcas Registradas, [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy|https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/Trademark_Policy]]. Para outras perguntas sobre nossos termos de licenciamento ou política de marcas registradas, envie um e-mail para legal@wikimedia.org. [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] [[Category:Education{{#translation:}}]] 61ozbov52em7gu7xz6mbcgx5bgs2xze 278355 278353 2026-08-05T06:26:03Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Na tarefa “Escrever um artigo”, você pede aos alunos que desenvolvam um artigo já existente ou criem um novo artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso. Utilizando fontes confiáveis, os alunos documentam informações sobre o tema. Frequentemente, os instrutores utilizam essa tarefa em conjunto com um trabalho analítico mais extenso, realizado fora da internet; os artigos da Wikipédia dos alunos constituem as seções de revisão da literatura desses trabalhos." 278355 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> [[File:Instructor Basics How to Use Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool.pdf|thumb|Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino]] Este é o texto do folheto do Programa de Educação da Wikipédia '''Noções básicas do instrutor: como usar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino''', revisado no final de 2013. ==text== ===page 1 (cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino Fundação Wikimedia ===page 2=== A Wikipedia é a enciclopédia livre e ''online'' que pode ser editada por qualquer pessoa. Sendo o quinto ''website'' mais visitado do mundo, a Wikipédia é um recurso usado pela maioria dos estudantes universitários. Mas muitos educadores de todo o mundo também têm usado a Wikipédia como ferramenta de ensino em suas salas de aula universitárias. Neste folheto, reunimos suas experiências para lhe ajudar a determinar como usar a Wikipédia em sua sala de aula. Organizamos este folheto em três partes: Planejamento de tarefas Aprenda as principais políticas da Wikipédia e obtenha mais informações sobre a elaboração de tarefas, com foco em pedir aos alunos que escrevam artigos na Wikipédia para a aula. Durante o semestre Aprenda sobre a estrutura de um bom artigo da Wikipédia, como os alunos devem escolher quais artigos melhorar, sugestões sobre o que abordar em uma sessão de laboratório da Wikipédia e como interagir com a comunidade de editores da Wikipédia. Após o semestre Veja um exemplo de estrutura de avaliação para tarefas da Wikipédia que funcionou com outros instrutores. ===page 3=== Planejamento de tarefas Compreendendo as políticas principais Desde o início da Wikipédia, em 2001, a comunidade de editores voluntários —os “wikipedistas”— desenvolveu várias políticas importantes destinadas a garantir que a Wikipédia seja o mais confiável e útil possível. Qualquer trabalho que você integrar em sua sala de aula deve seguir essas políticas. A compreensão dessas políticas fundamentais garante que você desenvolva um trabalho que atenda aos seus objetivos de aprendizado e, ao mesmo tempo, melhore a Wikipédia. ;Conteúdo livre [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 2, User Lechatjaune photo.tif|thumb]] “O trabalho com o qual os alunos contribuem para a Wikipédia é conteúdo livre e torna-se parte do patrimônio comum. Ele pode ser editado e reutilizado por outros sob uma licença livre. Todo texto escrito na Wikipédia deve ser original. Não é apropriado copiar e colar de outras fontes.” — Usuário:Lechatjaune fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Lechatjaune ;Ponto de vista neutro [[File:GorillaWarfare.JPG|thumb]] “Tudo na Wikipédia deve ser escrito de um ponto de vista neutro. A Wikipédia não é o lugar para argumentação ou defesa de interesses. Todas as informações devem ser apresentadas com precisão e sem preconceitos, descrevendo todos os pontos de vista significativos publicados por fontes confiáveis. Devemos explicar as diferentes opiniões sobre um tópico, não defender uma ou outra.” — Usuária:GorillaWarfare fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:GorillaWarfare ;Notoriedade [[File:Mohamed Ouda.jpg|thumb]] “Usamos o conceito de notoriedade para determinar se um tópico merece um artigo. Em geral, consideramos um tópico notável se houve cobertura de terceiros sobre o tópico em fontes confiáveis. Se seus alunos estiverem começando novos artigos, eles deverão encontrar várias fontes independentes e confiáveis sobre o tópico antes de começar.” — Usuário:Mohamed Ouda fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Faris knight ;Fontes confiáveis [[File:Mariana Jó @ Cidade Universitária, USP. São Paulo. Brasil.jpg|thumb]] “As fontes mais confiáveis na Wikipédia são fontes de terceiros com reputação de verificação de fatos, como livros publicados por editoras acadêmicas, revistas acadêmicas revisadas por pares e jornais internacionais. Evite citar ''blogs'', comunicados à imprensa e outras fontes menos formais. Os alunos devem usar fontes que representem pontos de vista significativos, em vez de estudos isolados ou trabalhos marginais.” — Usuária:Mariana Jó fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:Mariana Jó ;Boa-fé [[File:Mike Christie.jpg|thumb]] “Todos que editam a Wikipédia, inclusive estudantes, devem assumir a boa-fé ao interagir com os outros. Isso significa que tratamos uns aos outros com respeito e presumimos que todos estão operando com o mesmo objetivo: melhorar o conteúdo da Wikipédia. Valorizamos a civilidade ao interagir sobre tópicos polêmicos. Lembre-se de sempre discutir o conteúdo que está sendo editado, e não a pessoa que está editando, e evite ataques pessoais.” — Usuário:Mike Christie fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Mike Christie ===page 4=== Planejamento de tarefas Elaborando suas tarefas A Wikipédia oferece diversas opções de tarefas, de acordo com seus objetivos de aprendizagem. Leve em consideração as competências dos seus alunos, o nível de contribuição que você deseja que eles façam à Wikipédia e quanto tempo você tem no curso para dedicar à tarefa. Nesse folheto, apresentamos a tarefa de pedir aos alunos que escrevam um artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso, uma das tarefas mais comuns utilizadas pelos instrutores. Tarefa: escrever um artigo Na tarefa “Escrever um artigo”, você pede aos alunos que desenvolvam um artigo já existente ou criem um novo artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso. Utilizando fontes confiáveis, os alunos documentam informações sobre o tema. Frequentemente, os instrutores utilizam essa tarefa em conjunto com um trabalho analítico mais extenso, realizado fora da internet; os artigos da Wikipédia dos alunos constituem as seções de revisão da literatura desses trabalhos. <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Alternative assignments: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Translate an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Language instructors find this to be a very practical assignment. Your students take high quality articles from the Wikipedia of the language they are studying that are not currently available on their native language Wikipedia, and translate those articles into their native language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Add illustrations to an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If your students are adept at media, this can be a great way of contributing to Wikipedia in a non-textual way. In the past, students have photographed local monuments that had no photos illustrating the articles, designed infographics to illustrate concepts on Wikipedia, or created videos that demonstrated audiovisually what articles describe in words. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Copyediting </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Since Wikipedia is a user-generated resource, you’ll find plenty of typos and much room for improvement in the prose. Asking students to improve the grammar of an article is a good way for them to learn copyediting skills and think critically about how good writing is done in your discipline. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A complementary brochure, “Case Studies: How instructors are teaching with Wikipedia”, includes links to syllabi and assignment descriptions instructors have used around the world. A few common assignments are listed here, but you are encouraged to consult it for more ideas. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / Assignment planning </div> ===page 5=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Learning objectives </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Asking students to write a Wikipedia article generally meets these four learning objectives well. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Writing skills development </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn how to write for a diverse and interested readership that represents a significant percentage of the worldwide online population. Furthermore, with Wikipedia’s emphasis on verifiability and “no original research,” students gain a greater understanding of the difference between fact-based and persuasive writing styles. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Media and information literacy </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia’s transparent and collaborative content development process allows students to gain a deeper understanding of how information is both produced and consumed. This provides an excellent opportunity for students to reflect on available sources and their appropriate usage. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Critical thinking and research skills </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn to critically analyze Wikipedia articles to determine how well an article covers the topic, to assess what information is missing, and to evaluate to what extent the article is documented with reliable sources. In the larger context, the evaluation of Wikipedia articles helps your students learn how to evaluate different sources, not only Wikipedia. The process of assessing an existing article and deciding what information is missing is very similar to the literature review process that is crucial in scholarly research. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaboration </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn first-hand how to collaborate with a community of active volunteer editors (including their fellow students) in the development of encyclopedic content. They often receive feedback on their work and learn to negotiate with other editors in building consensus on content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Syllabus design </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Experienced instructors say it is crucial for students who are going to be editing Wikipedia to become comfortable not only with the markup, but also the community. Requiring tiny assignments early in the term, such as those listed below, will acclimate them to the site. Instructors who do not set up these milestones throughout the term usually have bad experiences with their assignments. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These simple tasks prepare students for a longer Wikipedia assignment by introducing students to skills they will need later. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students should create a user page, adding a sentence or two about themselves and adding an image from Wikimedia Commons (Wikipedia’s image repository). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Encourage students to upload a photo to Wikimedia Commons that they’ve taken themselves. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to improve the clarity of a sentence or two in an article related to class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students could use a reading from the course to add a reference to an article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Once they’ve selected a topic to write on, students should post a message on that article’s talk page with some proposed sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to post an outline of their proposed changes to the talk page before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Once students have accomplished these milestones, they’ll be more comfortable with working on Wikipedia. Students procrastinate, so it’s better to use these as early milestones that will be completed before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A companion brochure offers a sample syllabus used by more than 100 instructors who have run this type of assignment. Download the brochure at </div> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment planning / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 6=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Choosing an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Determining what articles students should work on can be a challenge. Some instructors create a list of articles and ask students to pick from the list; others require students to propose topics. If you would like your students to create new articles, rather than improve existing articles, make sure they have read Wikipedia’s notability policy and are confident the topics are notable — that is, well-covered by reputable third-party sources in your field. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just what makes a good Wikipedia article? Make sure you and your students familiarize yourselves with the structure of a typical Wikipedia article in your discipline, so students know what types of sections they will be expected to contribute. Most students will have never thought about the structure of an encyclopedia article before, so spending a few minutes in class clarifying how information is structured in encyclopedias is important. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Do’s </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Ask your students to choose a topic that is well established in the discipline, but only weakly represented on Wikipedia. If there is a lot of literature available on the topic, but only a small amount of that information exists on Wikipedia, that is the best situation to work from.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Look for articles rated “stub” or “start” class on Wikipedia’s internal assessment process. You can see an article’s assessment by visiting its talk page.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Make sure you search for a few different variants on the term before creating an article. Often, you may find that a topic has already been covered under a different name.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Don’ts </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid trying to improve articles on very broad topics (e.g., law) or articles that are already of high quality on Wikipedia (“Featured Articles”). These topics are more challenging to improve effectively.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t try to improve topics that are highly controversial, likeglobal warming, abortion, or Scientology. Contentious topics often lead to fights on Wikipedia. Students should be encouraged to start sub-articles instead.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid working on topics that are only sparsely covered by literature. Students will have a difficult time providing enough reliable sources to create a Wikipedia article.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t start articles with titles that imply an essay-like approach, such as “The Effects That The Recent Sub-Prime Mortgage Crisis has had on the US and Global Economics” instead of “Subprime mortgage crisis.” Wikipedia is an encyclopedia, and essays are not appropriate.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 7=== [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 7, Hurricane Irene screenshot.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Typical structure of a Wikipedia article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A quality Wikipedia article is the result of a well-defined structure, encyclopedic content, and an active community. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Lead section </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A lead section should summarize the key points covered in the article. Note that the lead section is without a heading. The first sentence should provide a definition of the topic of the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Infobox </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many articles contain an infobox that describes key elements of the topic. Find an article on a similar topic to yours and copy the code for the infobox to add one to your article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Body of the article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Headers clearly delineate appropriate sections. In the case of this article, the body covers the history of the hurricane as well as its impact. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Images </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Freely licensed images can be added to Wikipedia articles from Wikimedia Commons. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Appendices and footnotes </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the content comes a section with other related Wikipedia articles (“See also”), the sources used in the article (“References”), and a list of other websites people could consult for more information (“External links”). </div> ===page 8=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Teaching wiki basics to students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the first few weeks of class, we recommend that you give students an introduction to the basics of Wikipedia, including instructions on how to edit and some things they should keep in mind about how writing for Wikipedia is different from a typical college essay. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you have time, take your students into a computer lab and do a hands-on introduction to wiki markup. This allows students to see editing take place “live,” and gives them a safe space to make mistakes and ask questions in real-time. Typically, such labs last an hour or two. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you feel comfortable enough with wiki markup, you can teach this lab yourself. If not, you can recruit local Wikipedians or contact your local Wikipedia Campus Ambassador (if your university has one). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Tips for what to cover </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Bolding and italicizing text</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create headers</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to edit subsections</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create bulleted and numbered lists</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create links</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create references</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create a sandbox</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Distinctions among article pages, talk pages, and user pages</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Use of talk pages</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you’d rather have students do this on their own time, an online training covering this material is available at: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is best to have students create their user accounts before they come to the lab. This allows them to read Wikipedia’s username policy and consider how anonymous they want to be on the site (and also avoids triggering the automatic limits placed on creating numerous accounts from the same location in a short time period). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How Wikipedia is different from a college essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here are some ways that writing for Wikipedia may take some extra thought for students: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fact-based, not persuasive writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Rather than making an argument, students will be writing a description of the information about a topic, cited to reliable sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Formal tone and basic language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Articles should be written in a formal tone, but with easy-to-understand language. Wikipedia isn’t the place for students to show off their extensive vocabularies. The audience of Wikipedia is global, and people who have never heard of the topic before will be reading what students are writing. Students need to clearly convey the basics of the topic in their writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No large block quotes. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Academic writing favors large block quotes from reputable sources, but Wikipedia’s policies state that you should try to paraphrase whenever possible. Quoting from sources is encouraged, but students should try to provide the context in their own words and only quote the truly key phrase or two from the original. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 9=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Interacting with the community </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaborating with the Wikipedia community is key to giving your students the full benefits of a Wikipedia assignment. But how do you do that? </div> [[File:User Bookworm-df300b.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Mstislavl-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Vulpeto-df300c.tif|thumb]] [[File:Editor Video Still 22.tiff|thumb]] [[File:User CBrown1023-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Rajeshpandey-df300b.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> photos CC BY-SA 3.0 by Jelly Helm </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedians interact by writing messages to each other on article talk pages or user talk pages. If another user wants to communicate with you, s/he will most likely leave a message directly on your user talk page or the talk page of the article you’ve been working on. It is a good idea to monitor and respond to these messages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All Wikipedia interaction assumes good faith. That is, until it can be demonstrated otherwise, we assume that other editors are here to help improve the encyclopedia. Therefore, all editors should be treated with respect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When making changes to Wikipedia articles, it is expected that editors will explain their changes briefly in an edit summary. When you fill in the small box in the edit window with a phrase such as “copyediting” or “adding a reference,” others will be able to follow the history of the article when they click on the “View history” tab. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Etiquette </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Like any community, Wikipedia has an etiquette. These few simple guidelines will help you get along with Wikipedians: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Assume good faith: Assume other editors are trying to improve the project. Try to understand their point of view. Discuss. Negotiate. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Be polite and remember that it is more difficult to read sarcasm and irony in text than in verbal form. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Always sign your posts on talk pages so others can follow who is saying what by using four tildes (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>), which will automatically add your username and the date. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss major changes you are making to the encyclopedia on article talk pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss article content, not editors. Do not make personal attacks. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 10=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assessing student work </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How can you assess your students’ contributions to Wikipedia and writing about Wikipedia? Depending on the complexity of your assignment, designing a grading rubric for it may be easy or challenging. Here is a sample grading rubric that has worked well for other instructors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Grading Structure </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 5% each (x4) </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation grade for early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation in class blog or class discussions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews and collaboration with classmates </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 50% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of your main Wikipedia contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> student grade </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / After the term </div> ===page 11=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Did students complete the milestones (first referenced on page 5) listed in your syllabus? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Class blog or class discussion </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors ask students to keep a running blog about their experiences. Giving them prompts every week or every two weeks, such as “To what extent are the editors on Wikipedia a self-selecting group and why?” will help them begin to think about the larger issues surrounding this online encyclopedia community. It will also give you material both on the wiki and off the wiki to grade. If you have time in class, these discussions can be particularly constructive in person. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students evaluate each others’ work on Wikipedia, leaving reviews for each other on or off the site. These evaluations can cover questions such as how reliable are the references, how well does the article cover the topic, or how well-written is the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors contrast what an article looked like before and after a student worked on it, using the article history. You can compare the beginning version with the end, extract the contributions made by the students, and see the individual changes made by the students. You may want your students to do this comparison themselves and add it to a portfolio they present to you. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the assignment is over, ask students to write a short reflective essay on their experiences using Wikipedia. This works well for both short and long Wikipedia projects. An interesting iteration of this is to have students write a short version of the essay before they begin editing Wikipedia, outlining their expectations, and then have them reflect on whether or not those expectations were met after they have completed the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For instructors </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Case Studies: How professors are teaching with Wikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikipedia Education Program Case Studies.pdf|thumb]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fifteen professors from six countries are featured in this brochure, as each explains how he or she used Wikipedia in the classroom or how he or she graded the assignment. The web version of the brochure includes links to syllabi and assignment handouts. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Syllabus </div> [[File:Sample Syllabus for Wikipedia assignment.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A week-by-week guide to incorporating a “write a Wikipedia article” assignment into your classes. It includes some key milestones that have proven to be effective at ensuring that students derive the greatest educational benefits from editing Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Online Orientation: Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool </div> [[File:The Essentials brochure, p 2, online orientation screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All instructors are highly encouraged to complete the online orientation for educators before planning a syllabus. It will introduce you to the culture and rules of Wikipedia, demonstrate the basics of editing, and walk you through a typical Wikipedia assignment like this one. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:EDUCATOR </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Welcome to Wikipedia </div> [[File:Editing Wikipedia brochure EN.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A basic introduction to contributing to Wikipedia: how to create a Wikipedia user account, how to start editing, and how to communicate with other contributors. You will also learn how articles evolve on Wikipedia and how to rate the quality of an existing article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/welcometowikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Editing Basics </div> [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 11, Student training screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students are encouraged to take an online training that walks them through the basics of how to contribute to Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 12 (back cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Ready to join the Wikipedia Education Program? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Education programs already exist in many countries, and Wikimedia volunteers are creating new programs every term. In countries where the Wikipedia Education Program is in operation, volunteer Wikipedia Ambassadors may be available to offer you and your students assistance in learning the best ways to contribute to Wikipedia for class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Join us! For more information, visit </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All images from the Wikimedia Commons are under a CC BY-SA or public domain license unless otherwise stated. The content contained within is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike License v.3.0 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:CC-BY-SA) or any later version. </div> [[File:Cc by-sa (1).svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The trademarks and logos of the Wikimedia Foundation and any other organization are not included under the terms of this Creative Commons license. Wikimedia Foundation, Wikipedia, Wikimedia Commons, MediaWiki, Wiktionary, Wikibooks, Wikisource, Wikinews, Wikiquote, Wikiversity, Wikispecies, Wikidata, Wikivoyage and Meta-Wiki are pending trademark registration or are registered trademarks of Wikimedia Foundation. </div> Para mais informações, veja nossa página de Política de Marcas Registradas, [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy|https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/Trademark_Policy]]. Para outras perguntas sobre nossos termos de licenciamento ou política de marcas registradas, envie um e-mail para legal@wikimedia.org. [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] [[Category:Education{{#translation:}}]] 72swvyq5exvtofeyroqvrkmipro3816 278357 278355 2026-08-05T06:26:14Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Tarefas alternativas:" 278357 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> [[File:Instructor Basics How to Use Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool.pdf|thumb|Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino]] Este é o texto do folheto do Programa de Educação da Wikipédia '''Noções básicas do instrutor: como usar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino''', revisado no final de 2013. ==text== ===page 1 (cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino Fundação Wikimedia ===page 2=== A Wikipedia é a enciclopédia livre e ''online'' que pode ser editada por qualquer pessoa. Sendo o quinto ''website'' mais visitado do mundo, a Wikipédia é um recurso usado pela maioria dos estudantes universitários. Mas muitos educadores de todo o mundo também têm usado a Wikipédia como ferramenta de ensino em suas salas de aula universitárias. Neste folheto, reunimos suas experiências para lhe ajudar a determinar como usar a Wikipédia em sua sala de aula. Organizamos este folheto em três partes: Planejamento de tarefas Aprenda as principais políticas da Wikipédia e obtenha mais informações sobre a elaboração de tarefas, com foco em pedir aos alunos que escrevam artigos na Wikipédia para a aula. Durante o semestre Aprenda sobre a estrutura de um bom artigo da Wikipédia, como os alunos devem escolher quais artigos melhorar, sugestões sobre o que abordar em uma sessão de laboratório da Wikipédia e como interagir com a comunidade de editores da Wikipédia. Após o semestre Veja um exemplo de estrutura de avaliação para tarefas da Wikipédia que funcionou com outros instrutores. ===page 3=== Planejamento de tarefas Compreendendo as políticas principais Desde o início da Wikipédia, em 2001, a comunidade de editores voluntários —os “wikipedistas”— desenvolveu várias políticas importantes destinadas a garantir que a Wikipédia seja o mais confiável e útil possível. Qualquer trabalho que você integrar em sua sala de aula deve seguir essas políticas. A compreensão dessas políticas fundamentais garante que você desenvolva um trabalho que atenda aos seus objetivos de aprendizado e, ao mesmo tempo, melhore a Wikipédia. ;Conteúdo livre [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 2, User Lechatjaune photo.tif|thumb]] “O trabalho com o qual os alunos contribuem para a Wikipédia é conteúdo livre e torna-se parte do patrimônio comum. Ele pode ser editado e reutilizado por outros sob uma licença livre. Todo texto escrito na Wikipédia deve ser original. Não é apropriado copiar e colar de outras fontes.” — Usuário:Lechatjaune fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Lechatjaune ;Ponto de vista neutro [[File:GorillaWarfare.JPG|thumb]] “Tudo na Wikipédia deve ser escrito de um ponto de vista neutro. A Wikipédia não é o lugar para argumentação ou defesa de interesses. Todas as informações devem ser apresentadas com precisão e sem preconceitos, descrevendo todos os pontos de vista significativos publicados por fontes confiáveis. Devemos explicar as diferentes opiniões sobre um tópico, não defender uma ou outra.” — Usuária:GorillaWarfare fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:GorillaWarfare ;Notoriedade [[File:Mohamed Ouda.jpg|thumb]] “Usamos o conceito de notoriedade para determinar se um tópico merece um artigo. Em geral, consideramos um tópico notável se houve cobertura de terceiros sobre o tópico em fontes confiáveis. Se seus alunos estiverem começando novos artigos, eles deverão encontrar várias fontes independentes e confiáveis sobre o tópico antes de começar.” — Usuário:Mohamed Ouda fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Faris knight ;Fontes confiáveis [[File:Mariana Jó @ Cidade Universitária, USP. São Paulo. Brasil.jpg|thumb]] “As fontes mais confiáveis na Wikipédia são fontes de terceiros com reputação de verificação de fatos, como livros publicados por editoras acadêmicas, revistas acadêmicas revisadas por pares e jornais internacionais. Evite citar ''blogs'', comunicados à imprensa e outras fontes menos formais. Os alunos devem usar fontes que representem pontos de vista significativos, em vez de estudos isolados ou trabalhos marginais.” — Usuária:Mariana Jó fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:Mariana Jó ;Boa-fé [[File:Mike Christie.jpg|thumb]] “Todos que editam a Wikipédia, inclusive estudantes, devem assumir a boa-fé ao interagir com os outros. Isso significa que tratamos uns aos outros com respeito e presumimos que todos estão operando com o mesmo objetivo: melhorar o conteúdo da Wikipédia. Valorizamos a civilidade ao interagir sobre tópicos polêmicos. Lembre-se de sempre discutir o conteúdo que está sendo editado, e não a pessoa que está editando, e evite ataques pessoais.” — Usuário:Mike Christie fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Mike Christie ===page 4=== Planejamento de tarefas Elaborando suas tarefas A Wikipédia oferece diversas opções de tarefas, de acordo com seus objetivos de aprendizagem. Leve em consideração as competências dos seus alunos, o nível de contribuição que você deseja que eles façam à Wikipédia e quanto tempo você tem no curso para dedicar à tarefa. Nesse folheto, apresentamos a tarefa de pedir aos alunos que escrevam um artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso, uma das tarefas mais comuns utilizadas pelos instrutores. Tarefa: escrever um artigo Na tarefa “Escrever um artigo”, você pede aos alunos que desenvolvam um artigo já existente ou criem um novo artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso. Utilizando fontes confiáveis, os alunos documentam informações sobre o tema. Frequentemente, os instrutores utilizam essa tarefa em conjunto com um trabalho analítico mais extenso, realizado fora da internet; os artigos da Wikipédia dos alunos constituem as seções de revisão da literatura desses trabalhos. Tarefas alternativas: <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Translate an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Language instructors find this to be a very practical assignment. Your students take high quality articles from the Wikipedia of the language they are studying that are not currently available on their native language Wikipedia, and translate those articles into their native language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Add illustrations to an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If your students are adept at media, this can be a great way of contributing to Wikipedia in a non-textual way. In the past, students have photographed local monuments that had no photos illustrating the articles, designed infographics to illustrate concepts on Wikipedia, or created videos that demonstrated audiovisually what articles describe in words. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Copyediting </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Since Wikipedia is a user-generated resource, you’ll find plenty of typos and much room for improvement in the prose. Asking students to improve the grammar of an article is a good way for them to learn copyediting skills and think critically about how good writing is done in your discipline. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A complementary brochure, “Case Studies: How instructors are teaching with Wikipedia”, includes links to syllabi and assignment descriptions instructors have used around the world. A few common assignments are listed here, but you are encouraged to consult it for more ideas. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / Assignment planning </div> ===page 5=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Learning objectives </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Asking students to write a Wikipedia article generally meets these four learning objectives well. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Writing skills development </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn how to write for a diverse and interested readership that represents a significant percentage of the worldwide online population. Furthermore, with Wikipedia’s emphasis on verifiability and “no original research,” students gain a greater understanding of the difference between fact-based and persuasive writing styles. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Media and information literacy </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia’s transparent and collaborative content development process allows students to gain a deeper understanding of how information is both produced and consumed. This provides an excellent opportunity for students to reflect on available sources and their appropriate usage. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Critical thinking and research skills </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn to critically analyze Wikipedia articles to determine how well an article covers the topic, to assess what information is missing, and to evaluate to what extent the article is documented with reliable sources. In the larger context, the evaluation of Wikipedia articles helps your students learn how to evaluate different sources, not only Wikipedia. The process of assessing an existing article and deciding what information is missing is very similar to the literature review process that is crucial in scholarly research. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaboration </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn first-hand how to collaborate with a community of active volunteer editors (including their fellow students) in the development of encyclopedic content. They often receive feedback on their work and learn to negotiate with other editors in building consensus on content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Syllabus design </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Experienced instructors say it is crucial for students who are going to be editing Wikipedia to become comfortable not only with the markup, but also the community. Requiring tiny assignments early in the term, such as those listed below, will acclimate them to the site. Instructors who do not set up these milestones throughout the term usually have bad experiences with their assignments. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These simple tasks prepare students for a longer Wikipedia assignment by introducing students to skills they will need later. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students should create a user page, adding a sentence or two about themselves and adding an image from Wikimedia Commons (Wikipedia’s image repository). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Encourage students to upload a photo to Wikimedia Commons that they’ve taken themselves. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to improve the clarity of a sentence or two in an article related to class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students could use a reading from the course to add a reference to an article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Once they’ve selected a topic to write on, students should post a message on that article’s talk page with some proposed sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to post an outline of their proposed changes to the talk page before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Once students have accomplished these milestones, they’ll be more comfortable with working on Wikipedia. Students procrastinate, so it’s better to use these as early milestones that will be completed before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A companion brochure offers a sample syllabus used by more than 100 instructors who have run this type of assignment. Download the brochure at </div> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment planning / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 6=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Choosing an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Determining what articles students should work on can be a challenge. Some instructors create a list of articles and ask students to pick from the list; others require students to propose topics. If you would like your students to create new articles, rather than improve existing articles, make sure they have read Wikipedia’s notability policy and are confident the topics are notable — that is, well-covered by reputable third-party sources in your field. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just what makes a good Wikipedia article? Make sure you and your students familiarize yourselves with the structure of a typical Wikipedia article in your discipline, so students know what types of sections they will be expected to contribute. Most students will have never thought about the structure of an encyclopedia article before, so spending a few minutes in class clarifying how information is structured in encyclopedias is important. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Do’s </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Ask your students to choose a topic that is well established in the discipline, but only weakly represented on Wikipedia. If there is a lot of literature available on the topic, but only a small amount of that information exists on Wikipedia, that is the best situation to work from.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Look for articles rated “stub” or “start” class on Wikipedia’s internal assessment process. You can see an article’s assessment by visiting its talk page.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Make sure you search for a few different variants on the term before creating an article. Often, you may find that a topic has already been covered under a different name.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Don’ts </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid trying to improve articles on very broad topics (e.g., law) or articles that are already of high quality on Wikipedia (“Featured Articles”). These topics are more challenging to improve effectively.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t try to improve topics that are highly controversial, likeglobal warming, abortion, or Scientology. Contentious topics often lead to fights on Wikipedia. Students should be encouraged to start sub-articles instead.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid working on topics that are only sparsely covered by literature. Students will have a difficult time providing enough reliable sources to create a Wikipedia article.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t start articles with titles that imply an essay-like approach, such as “The Effects That The Recent Sub-Prime Mortgage Crisis has had on the US and Global Economics” instead of “Subprime mortgage crisis.” Wikipedia is an encyclopedia, and essays are not appropriate.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 7=== [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 7, Hurricane Irene screenshot.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Typical structure of a Wikipedia article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A quality Wikipedia article is the result of a well-defined structure, encyclopedic content, and an active community. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Lead section </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A lead section should summarize the key points covered in the article. Note that the lead section is without a heading. The first sentence should provide a definition of the topic of the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Infobox </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many articles contain an infobox that describes key elements of the topic. Find an article on a similar topic to yours and copy the code for the infobox to add one to your article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Body of the article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Headers clearly delineate appropriate sections. In the case of this article, the body covers the history of the hurricane as well as its impact. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Images </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Freely licensed images can be added to Wikipedia articles from Wikimedia Commons. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Appendices and footnotes </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the content comes a section with other related Wikipedia articles (“See also”), the sources used in the article (“References”), and a list of other websites people could consult for more information (“External links”). </div> ===page 8=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Teaching wiki basics to students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the first few weeks of class, we recommend that you give students an introduction to the basics of Wikipedia, including instructions on how to edit and some things they should keep in mind about how writing for Wikipedia is different from a typical college essay. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you have time, take your students into a computer lab and do a hands-on introduction to wiki markup. This allows students to see editing take place “live,” and gives them a safe space to make mistakes and ask questions in real-time. Typically, such labs last an hour or two. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you feel comfortable enough with wiki markup, you can teach this lab yourself. If not, you can recruit local Wikipedians or contact your local Wikipedia Campus Ambassador (if your university has one). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Tips for what to cover </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Bolding and italicizing text</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create headers</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to edit subsections</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create bulleted and numbered lists</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create links</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create references</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create a sandbox</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Distinctions among article pages, talk pages, and user pages</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Use of talk pages</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you’d rather have students do this on their own time, an online training covering this material is available at: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is best to have students create their user accounts before they come to the lab. This allows them to read Wikipedia’s username policy and consider how anonymous they want to be on the site (and also avoids triggering the automatic limits placed on creating numerous accounts from the same location in a short time period). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How Wikipedia is different from a college essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here are some ways that writing for Wikipedia may take some extra thought for students: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fact-based, not persuasive writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Rather than making an argument, students will be writing a description of the information about a topic, cited to reliable sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Formal tone and basic language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Articles should be written in a formal tone, but with easy-to-understand language. Wikipedia isn’t the place for students to show off their extensive vocabularies. The audience of Wikipedia is global, and people who have never heard of the topic before will be reading what students are writing. Students need to clearly convey the basics of the topic in their writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No large block quotes. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Academic writing favors large block quotes from reputable sources, but Wikipedia’s policies state that you should try to paraphrase whenever possible. Quoting from sources is encouraged, but students should try to provide the context in their own words and only quote the truly key phrase or two from the original. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 9=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Interacting with the community </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaborating with the Wikipedia community is key to giving your students the full benefits of a Wikipedia assignment. But how do you do that? </div> [[File:User Bookworm-df300b.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Mstislavl-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Vulpeto-df300c.tif|thumb]] [[File:Editor Video Still 22.tiff|thumb]] [[File:User CBrown1023-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Rajeshpandey-df300b.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> photos CC BY-SA 3.0 by Jelly Helm </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedians interact by writing messages to each other on article talk pages or user talk pages. If another user wants to communicate with you, s/he will most likely leave a message directly on your user talk page or the talk page of the article you’ve been working on. It is a good idea to monitor and respond to these messages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All Wikipedia interaction assumes good faith. That is, until it can be demonstrated otherwise, we assume that other editors are here to help improve the encyclopedia. Therefore, all editors should be treated with respect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When making changes to Wikipedia articles, it is expected that editors will explain their changes briefly in an edit summary. When you fill in the small box in the edit window with a phrase such as “copyediting” or “adding a reference,” others will be able to follow the history of the article when they click on the “View history” tab. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Etiquette </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Like any community, Wikipedia has an etiquette. These few simple guidelines will help you get along with Wikipedians: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Assume good faith: Assume other editors are trying to improve the project. Try to understand their point of view. Discuss. Negotiate. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Be polite and remember that it is more difficult to read sarcasm and irony in text than in verbal form. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Always sign your posts on talk pages so others can follow who is saying what by using four tildes (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>), which will automatically add your username and the date. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss major changes you are making to the encyclopedia on article talk pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss article content, not editors. Do not make personal attacks. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 10=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assessing student work </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How can you assess your students’ contributions to Wikipedia and writing about Wikipedia? Depending on the complexity of your assignment, designing a grading rubric for it may be easy or challenging. Here is a sample grading rubric that has worked well for other instructors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Grading Structure </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 5% each (x4) </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation grade for early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation in class blog or class discussions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews and collaboration with classmates </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 50% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of your main Wikipedia contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> student grade </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / After the term </div> ===page 11=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Did students complete the milestones (first referenced on page 5) listed in your syllabus? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Class blog or class discussion </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors ask students to keep a running blog about their experiences. Giving them prompts every week or every two weeks, such as “To what extent are the editors on Wikipedia a self-selecting group and why?” will help them begin to think about the larger issues surrounding this online encyclopedia community. It will also give you material both on the wiki and off the wiki to grade. If you have time in class, these discussions can be particularly constructive in person. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students evaluate each others’ work on Wikipedia, leaving reviews for each other on or off the site. These evaluations can cover questions such as how reliable are the references, how well does the article cover the topic, or how well-written is the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors contrast what an article looked like before and after a student worked on it, using the article history. You can compare the beginning version with the end, extract the contributions made by the students, and see the individual changes made by the students. You may want your students to do this comparison themselves and add it to a portfolio they present to you. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the assignment is over, ask students to write a short reflective essay on their experiences using Wikipedia. This works well for both short and long Wikipedia projects. An interesting iteration of this is to have students write a short version of the essay before they begin editing Wikipedia, outlining their expectations, and then have them reflect on whether or not those expectations were met after they have completed the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For instructors </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Case Studies: How professors are teaching with Wikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikipedia Education Program Case Studies.pdf|thumb]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fifteen professors from six countries are featured in this brochure, as each explains how he or she used Wikipedia in the classroom or how he or she graded the assignment. The web version of the brochure includes links to syllabi and assignment handouts. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Syllabus </div> [[File:Sample Syllabus for Wikipedia assignment.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A week-by-week guide to incorporating a “write a Wikipedia article” assignment into your classes. It includes some key milestones that have proven to be effective at ensuring that students derive the greatest educational benefits from editing Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Online Orientation: Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool </div> [[File:The Essentials brochure, p 2, online orientation screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All instructors are highly encouraged to complete the online orientation for educators before planning a syllabus. It will introduce you to the culture and rules of Wikipedia, demonstrate the basics of editing, and walk you through a typical Wikipedia assignment like this one. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:EDUCATOR </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Welcome to Wikipedia </div> [[File:Editing Wikipedia brochure EN.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A basic introduction to contributing to Wikipedia: how to create a Wikipedia user account, how to start editing, and how to communicate with other contributors. You will also learn how articles evolve on Wikipedia and how to rate the quality of an existing article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/welcometowikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Editing Basics </div> [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 11, Student training screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students are encouraged to take an online training that walks them through the basics of how to contribute to Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 12 (back cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Ready to join the Wikipedia Education Program? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Education programs already exist in many countries, and Wikimedia volunteers are creating new programs every term. In countries where the Wikipedia Education Program is in operation, volunteer Wikipedia Ambassadors may be available to offer you and your students assistance in learning the best ways to contribute to Wikipedia for class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Join us! For more information, visit </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All images from the Wikimedia Commons are under a CC BY-SA or public domain license unless otherwise stated. The content contained within is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike License v.3.0 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:CC-BY-SA) or any later version. </div> [[File:Cc by-sa (1).svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The trademarks and logos of the Wikimedia Foundation and any other organization are not included under the terms of this Creative Commons license. Wikimedia Foundation, Wikipedia, Wikimedia Commons, MediaWiki, Wiktionary, Wikibooks, Wikisource, Wikinews, Wikiquote, Wikiversity, Wikispecies, Wikidata, Wikivoyage and Meta-Wiki are pending trademark registration or are registered trademarks of Wikimedia Foundation. </div> Para mais informações, veja nossa página de Política de Marcas Registradas, [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy|https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/Trademark_Policy]]. Para outras perguntas sobre nossos termos de licenciamento ou política de marcas registradas, envie um e-mail para legal@wikimedia.org. [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] [[Category:Education{{#translation:}}]] 70a1jh29lspso4h593nr556kkw26abz 278359 278357 2026-08-05T06:26:29Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Traduzir um artigo" 278359 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> [[File:Instructor Basics How to Use Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool.pdf|thumb|Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino]] Este é o texto do folheto do Programa de Educação da Wikipédia '''Noções básicas do instrutor: como usar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino''', revisado no final de 2013. ==text== ===page 1 (cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino Fundação Wikimedia ===page 2=== A Wikipedia é a enciclopédia livre e ''online'' que pode ser editada por qualquer pessoa. Sendo o quinto ''website'' mais visitado do mundo, a Wikipédia é um recurso usado pela maioria dos estudantes universitários. Mas muitos educadores de todo o mundo também têm usado a Wikipédia como ferramenta de ensino em suas salas de aula universitárias. Neste folheto, reunimos suas experiências para lhe ajudar a determinar como usar a Wikipédia em sua sala de aula. Organizamos este folheto em três partes: Planejamento de tarefas Aprenda as principais políticas da Wikipédia e obtenha mais informações sobre a elaboração de tarefas, com foco em pedir aos alunos que escrevam artigos na Wikipédia para a aula. Durante o semestre Aprenda sobre a estrutura de um bom artigo da Wikipédia, como os alunos devem escolher quais artigos melhorar, sugestões sobre o que abordar em uma sessão de laboratório da Wikipédia e como interagir com a comunidade de editores da Wikipédia. Após o semestre Veja um exemplo de estrutura de avaliação para tarefas da Wikipédia que funcionou com outros instrutores. ===page 3=== Planejamento de tarefas Compreendendo as políticas principais Desde o início da Wikipédia, em 2001, a comunidade de editores voluntários —os “wikipedistas”— desenvolveu várias políticas importantes destinadas a garantir que a Wikipédia seja o mais confiável e útil possível. Qualquer trabalho que você integrar em sua sala de aula deve seguir essas políticas. A compreensão dessas políticas fundamentais garante que você desenvolva um trabalho que atenda aos seus objetivos de aprendizado e, ao mesmo tempo, melhore a Wikipédia. ;Conteúdo livre [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 2, User Lechatjaune photo.tif|thumb]] “O trabalho com o qual os alunos contribuem para a Wikipédia é conteúdo livre e torna-se parte do patrimônio comum. Ele pode ser editado e reutilizado por outros sob uma licença livre. Todo texto escrito na Wikipédia deve ser original. Não é apropriado copiar e colar de outras fontes.” — Usuário:Lechatjaune fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Lechatjaune ;Ponto de vista neutro [[File:GorillaWarfare.JPG|thumb]] “Tudo na Wikipédia deve ser escrito de um ponto de vista neutro. A Wikipédia não é o lugar para argumentação ou defesa de interesses. Todas as informações devem ser apresentadas com precisão e sem preconceitos, descrevendo todos os pontos de vista significativos publicados por fontes confiáveis. Devemos explicar as diferentes opiniões sobre um tópico, não defender uma ou outra.” — Usuária:GorillaWarfare fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:GorillaWarfare ;Notoriedade [[File:Mohamed Ouda.jpg|thumb]] “Usamos o conceito de notoriedade para determinar se um tópico merece um artigo. Em geral, consideramos um tópico notável se houve cobertura de terceiros sobre o tópico em fontes confiáveis. Se seus alunos estiverem começando novos artigos, eles deverão encontrar várias fontes independentes e confiáveis sobre o tópico antes de começar.” — Usuário:Mohamed Ouda fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Faris knight ;Fontes confiáveis [[File:Mariana Jó @ Cidade Universitária, USP. São Paulo. Brasil.jpg|thumb]] “As fontes mais confiáveis na Wikipédia são fontes de terceiros com reputação de verificação de fatos, como livros publicados por editoras acadêmicas, revistas acadêmicas revisadas por pares e jornais internacionais. Evite citar ''blogs'', comunicados à imprensa e outras fontes menos formais. Os alunos devem usar fontes que representem pontos de vista significativos, em vez de estudos isolados ou trabalhos marginais.” — Usuária:Mariana Jó fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:Mariana Jó ;Boa-fé [[File:Mike Christie.jpg|thumb]] “Todos que editam a Wikipédia, inclusive estudantes, devem assumir a boa-fé ao interagir com os outros. Isso significa que tratamos uns aos outros com respeito e presumimos que todos estão operando com o mesmo objetivo: melhorar o conteúdo da Wikipédia. Valorizamos a civilidade ao interagir sobre tópicos polêmicos. Lembre-se de sempre discutir o conteúdo que está sendo editado, e não a pessoa que está editando, e evite ataques pessoais.” — Usuário:Mike Christie fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Mike Christie ===page 4=== Planejamento de tarefas Elaborando suas tarefas A Wikipédia oferece diversas opções de tarefas, de acordo com seus objetivos de aprendizagem. Leve em consideração as competências dos seus alunos, o nível de contribuição que você deseja que eles façam à Wikipédia e quanto tempo você tem no curso para dedicar à tarefa. Nesse folheto, apresentamos a tarefa de pedir aos alunos que escrevam um artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso, uma das tarefas mais comuns utilizadas pelos instrutores. Tarefa: escrever um artigo Na tarefa “Escrever um artigo”, você pede aos alunos que desenvolvam um artigo já existente ou criem um novo artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso. Utilizando fontes confiáveis, os alunos documentam informações sobre o tema. Frequentemente, os instrutores utilizam essa tarefa em conjunto com um trabalho analítico mais extenso, realizado fora da internet; os artigos da Wikipédia dos alunos constituem as seções de revisão da literatura desses trabalhos. Tarefas alternativas: Traduzir um artigo <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Language instructors find this to be a very practical assignment. Your students take high quality articles from the Wikipedia of the language they are studying that are not currently available on their native language Wikipedia, and translate those articles into their native language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Add illustrations to an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If your students are adept at media, this can be a great way of contributing to Wikipedia in a non-textual way. In the past, students have photographed local monuments that had no photos illustrating the articles, designed infographics to illustrate concepts on Wikipedia, or created videos that demonstrated audiovisually what articles describe in words. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Copyediting </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Since Wikipedia is a user-generated resource, you’ll find plenty of typos and much room for improvement in the prose. Asking students to improve the grammar of an article is a good way for them to learn copyediting skills and think critically about how good writing is done in your discipline. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A complementary brochure, “Case Studies: How instructors are teaching with Wikipedia”, includes links to syllabi and assignment descriptions instructors have used around the world. A few common assignments are listed here, but you are encouraged to consult it for more ideas. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / Assignment planning </div> ===page 5=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Learning objectives </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Asking students to write a Wikipedia article generally meets these four learning objectives well. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Writing skills development </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn how to write for a diverse and interested readership that represents a significant percentage of the worldwide online population. Furthermore, with Wikipedia’s emphasis on verifiability and “no original research,” students gain a greater understanding of the difference between fact-based and persuasive writing styles. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Media and information literacy </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia’s transparent and collaborative content development process allows students to gain a deeper understanding of how information is both produced and consumed. This provides an excellent opportunity for students to reflect on available sources and their appropriate usage. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Critical thinking and research skills </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn to critically analyze Wikipedia articles to determine how well an article covers the topic, to assess what information is missing, and to evaluate to what extent the article is documented with reliable sources. In the larger context, the evaluation of Wikipedia articles helps your students learn how to evaluate different sources, not only Wikipedia. The process of assessing an existing article and deciding what information is missing is very similar to the literature review process that is crucial in scholarly research. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaboration </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn first-hand how to collaborate with a community of active volunteer editors (including their fellow students) in the development of encyclopedic content. They often receive feedback on their work and learn to negotiate with other editors in building consensus on content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Syllabus design </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Experienced instructors say it is crucial for students who are going to be editing Wikipedia to become comfortable not only with the markup, but also the community. Requiring tiny assignments early in the term, such as those listed below, will acclimate them to the site. Instructors who do not set up these milestones throughout the term usually have bad experiences with their assignments. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These simple tasks prepare students for a longer Wikipedia assignment by introducing students to skills they will need later. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students should create a user page, adding a sentence or two about themselves and adding an image from Wikimedia Commons (Wikipedia’s image repository). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Encourage students to upload a photo to Wikimedia Commons that they’ve taken themselves. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to improve the clarity of a sentence or two in an article related to class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students could use a reading from the course to add a reference to an article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Once they’ve selected a topic to write on, students should post a message on that article’s talk page with some proposed sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to post an outline of their proposed changes to the talk page before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Once students have accomplished these milestones, they’ll be more comfortable with working on Wikipedia. Students procrastinate, so it’s better to use these as early milestones that will be completed before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A companion brochure offers a sample syllabus used by more than 100 instructors who have run this type of assignment. Download the brochure at </div> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment planning / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 6=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Choosing an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Determining what articles students should work on can be a challenge. Some instructors create a list of articles and ask students to pick from the list; others require students to propose topics. If you would like your students to create new articles, rather than improve existing articles, make sure they have read Wikipedia’s notability policy and are confident the topics are notable — that is, well-covered by reputable third-party sources in your field. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just what makes a good Wikipedia article? Make sure you and your students familiarize yourselves with the structure of a typical Wikipedia article in your discipline, so students know what types of sections they will be expected to contribute. Most students will have never thought about the structure of an encyclopedia article before, so spending a few minutes in class clarifying how information is structured in encyclopedias is important. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Do’s </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Ask your students to choose a topic that is well established in the discipline, but only weakly represented on Wikipedia. If there is a lot of literature available on the topic, but only a small amount of that information exists on Wikipedia, that is the best situation to work from.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Look for articles rated “stub” or “start” class on Wikipedia’s internal assessment process. You can see an article’s assessment by visiting its talk page.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Make sure you search for a few different variants on the term before creating an article. Often, you may find that a topic has already been covered under a different name.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Don’ts </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid trying to improve articles on very broad topics (e.g., law) or articles that are already of high quality on Wikipedia (“Featured Articles”). These topics are more challenging to improve effectively.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t try to improve topics that are highly controversial, likeglobal warming, abortion, or Scientology. Contentious topics often lead to fights on Wikipedia. Students should be encouraged to start sub-articles instead.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid working on topics that are only sparsely covered by literature. Students will have a difficult time providing enough reliable sources to create a Wikipedia article.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t start articles with titles that imply an essay-like approach, such as “The Effects That The Recent Sub-Prime Mortgage Crisis has had on the US and Global Economics” instead of “Subprime mortgage crisis.” Wikipedia is an encyclopedia, and essays are not appropriate.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 7=== [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 7, Hurricane Irene screenshot.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Typical structure of a Wikipedia article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A quality Wikipedia article is the result of a well-defined structure, encyclopedic content, and an active community. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Lead section </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A lead section should summarize the key points covered in the article. Note that the lead section is without a heading. The first sentence should provide a definition of the topic of the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Infobox </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many articles contain an infobox that describes key elements of the topic. Find an article on a similar topic to yours and copy the code for the infobox to add one to your article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Body of the article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Headers clearly delineate appropriate sections. In the case of this article, the body covers the history of the hurricane as well as its impact. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Images </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Freely licensed images can be added to Wikipedia articles from Wikimedia Commons. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Appendices and footnotes </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the content comes a section with other related Wikipedia articles (“See also”), the sources used in the article (“References”), and a list of other websites people could consult for more information (“External links”). </div> ===page 8=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Teaching wiki basics to students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the first few weeks of class, we recommend that you give students an introduction to the basics of Wikipedia, including instructions on how to edit and some things they should keep in mind about how writing for Wikipedia is different from a typical college essay. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you have time, take your students into a computer lab and do a hands-on introduction to wiki markup. This allows students to see editing take place “live,” and gives them a safe space to make mistakes and ask questions in real-time. Typically, such labs last an hour or two. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you feel comfortable enough with wiki markup, you can teach this lab yourself. If not, you can recruit local Wikipedians or contact your local Wikipedia Campus Ambassador (if your university has one). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Tips for what to cover </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Bolding and italicizing text</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create headers</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to edit subsections</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create bulleted and numbered lists</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create links</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create references</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create a sandbox</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Distinctions among article pages, talk pages, and user pages</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Use of talk pages</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you’d rather have students do this on their own time, an online training covering this material is available at: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is best to have students create their user accounts before they come to the lab. This allows them to read Wikipedia’s username policy and consider how anonymous they want to be on the site (and also avoids triggering the automatic limits placed on creating numerous accounts from the same location in a short time period). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How Wikipedia is different from a college essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here are some ways that writing for Wikipedia may take some extra thought for students: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fact-based, not persuasive writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Rather than making an argument, students will be writing a description of the information about a topic, cited to reliable sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Formal tone and basic language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Articles should be written in a formal tone, but with easy-to-understand language. Wikipedia isn’t the place for students to show off their extensive vocabularies. The audience of Wikipedia is global, and people who have never heard of the topic before will be reading what students are writing. Students need to clearly convey the basics of the topic in their writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No large block quotes. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Academic writing favors large block quotes from reputable sources, but Wikipedia’s policies state that you should try to paraphrase whenever possible. Quoting from sources is encouraged, but students should try to provide the context in their own words and only quote the truly key phrase or two from the original. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 9=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Interacting with the community </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaborating with the Wikipedia community is key to giving your students the full benefits of a Wikipedia assignment. But how do you do that? </div> [[File:User Bookworm-df300b.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Mstislavl-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Vulpeto-df300c.tif|thumb]] [[File:Editor Video Still 22.tiff|thumb]] [[File:User CBrown1023-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Rajeshpandey-df300b.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> photos CC BY-SA 3.0 by Jelly Helm </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedians interact by writing messages to each other on article talk pages or user talk pages. If another user wants to communicate with you, s/he will most likely leave a message directly on your user talk page or the talk page of the article you’ve been working on. It is a good idea to monitor and respond to these messages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All Wikipedia interaction assumes good faith. That is, until it can be demonstrated otherwise, we assume that other editors are here to help improve the encyclopedia. Therefore, all editors should be treated with respect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When making changes to Wikipedia articles, it is expected that editors will explain their changes briefly in an edit summary. When you fill in the small box in the edit window with a phrase such as “copyediting” or “adding a reference,” others will be able to follow the history of the article when they click on the “View history” tab. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Etiquette </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Like any community, Wikipedia has an etiquette. These few simple guidelines will help you get along with Wikipedians: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Assume good faith: Assume other editors are trying to improve the project. Try to understand their point of view. Discuss. Negotiate. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Be polite and remember that it is more difficult to read sarcasm and irony in text than in verbal form. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Always sign your posts on talk pages so others can follow who is saying what by using four tildes (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>), which will automatically add your username and the date. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss major changes you are making to the encyclopedia on article talk pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss article content, not editors. Do not make personal attacks. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 10=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assessing student work </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How can you assess your students’ contributions to Wikipedia and writing about Wikipedia? Depending on the complexity of your assignment, designing a grading rubric for it may be easy or challenging. Here is a sample grading rubric that has worked well for other instructors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Grading Structure </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 5% each (x4) </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation grade for early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation in class blog or class discussions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews and collaboration with classmates </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 50% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of your main Wikipedia contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> student grade </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / After the term </div> ===page 11=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Did students complete the milestones (first referenced on page 5) listed in your syllabus? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Class blog or class discussion </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors ask students to keep a running blog about their experiences. Giving them prompts every week or every two weeks, such as “To what extent are the editors on Wikipedia a self-selecting group and why?” will help them begin to think about the larger issues surrounding this online encyclopedia community. It will also give you material both on the wiki and off the wiki to grade. If you have time in class, these discussions can be particularly constructive in person. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students evaluate each others’ work on Wikipedia, leaving reviews for each other on or off the site. These evaluations can cover questions such as how reliable are the references, how well does the article cover the topic, or how well-written is the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors contrast what an article looked like before and after a student worked on it, using the article history. You can compare the beginning version with the end, extract the contributions made by the students, and see the individual changes made by the students. You may want your students to do this comparison themselves and add it to a portfolio they present to you. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the assignment is over, ask students to write a short reflective essay on their experiences using Wikipedia. This works well for both short and long Wikipedia projects. An interesting iteration of this is to have students write a short version of the essay before they begin editing Wikipedia, outlining their expectations, and then have them reflect on whether or not those expectations were met after they have completed the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For instructors </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Case Studies: How professors are teaching with Wikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikipedia Education Program Case Studies.pdf|thumb]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fifteen professors from six countries are featured in this brochure, as each explains how he or she used Wikipedia in the classroom or how he or she graded the assignment. The web version of the brochure includes links to syllabi and assignment handouts. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Syllabus </div> [[File:Sample Syllabus for Wikipedia assignment.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A week-by-week guide to incorporating a “write a Wikipedia article” assignment into your classes. It includes some key milestones that have proven to be effective at ensuring that students derive the greatest educational benefits from editing Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Online Orientation: Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool </div> [[File:The Essentials brochure, p 2, online orientation screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All instructors are highly encouraged to complete the online orientation for educators before planning a syllabus. It will introduce you to the culture and rules of Wikipedia, demonstrate the basics of editing, and walk you through a typical Wikipedia assignment like this one. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:EDUCATOR </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Welcome to Wikipedia </div> [[File:Editing Wikipedia brochure EN.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A basic introduction to contributing to Wikipedia: how to create a Wikipedia user account, how to start editing, and how to communicate with other contributors. You will also learn how articles evolve on Wikipedia and how to rate the quality of an existing article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/welcometowikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Editing Basics </div> [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 11, Student training screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students are encouraged to take an online training that walks them through the basics of how to contribute to Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 12 (back cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Ready to join the Wikipedia Education Program? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Education programs already exist in many countries, and Wikimedia volunteers are creating new programs every term. In countries where the Wikipedia Education Program is in operation, volunteer Wikipedia Ambassadors may be available to offer you and your students assistance in learning the best ways to contribute to Wikipedia for class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Join us! For more information, visit </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All images from the Wikimedia Commons are under a CC BY-SA or public domain license unless otherwise stated. The content contained within is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike License v.3.0 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:CC-BY-SA) or any later version. </div> [[File:Cc by-sa (1).svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The trademarks and logos of the Wikimedia Foundation and any other organization are not included under the terms of this Creative Commons license. Wikimedia Foundation, Wikipedia, Wikimedia Commons, MediaWiki, Wiktionary, Wikibooks, Wikisource, Wikinews, Wikiquote, Wikiversity, Wikispecies, Wikidata, Wikivoyage and Meta-Wiki are pending trademark registration or are registered trademarks of Wikimedia Foundation. </div> Para mais informações, veja nossa página de Política de Marcas Registradas, [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy|https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/Trademark_Policy]]. Para outras perguntas sobre nossos termos de licenciamento ou política de marcas registradas, envie um e-mail para legal@wikimedia.org. [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] [[Category:Education{{#translation:}}]] qvoaqrtliurvdffk8954mxx60jdeshm 278361 278359 2026-08-05T06:27:26Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Instrutores de idiomas consideram essa uma atividade muito prática. Seus alunos selecionam artigos de alta qualidade da Wikipédia do idioma que estão estudando —artigos que ainda não estão disponíveis na Wikipédia em sua língua nativa— e os traduzem para sua língua nativa." 278361 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> [[File:Instructor Basics How to Use Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool.pdf|thumb|Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino]] Este é o texto do folheto do Programa de Educação da Wikipédia '''Noções básicas do instrutor: como usar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino''', revisado no final de 2013. ==text== ===page 1 (cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino Fundação Wikimedia ===page 2=== A Wikipedia é a enciclopédia livre e ''online'' que pode ser editada por qualquer pessoa. Sendo o quinto ''website'' mais visitado do mundo, a Wikipédia é um recurso usado pela maioria dos estudantes universitários. Mas muitos educadores de todo o mundo também têm usado a Wikipédia como ferramenta de ensino em suas salas de aula universitárias. Neste folheto, reunimos suas experiências para lhe ajudar a determinar como usar a Wikipédia em sua sala de aula. Organizamos este folheto em três partes: Planejamento de tarefas Aprenda as principais políticas da Wikipédia e obtenha mais informações sobre a elaboração de tarefas, com foco em pedir aos alunos que escrevam artigos na Wikipédia para a aula. Durante o semestre Aprenda sobre a estrutura de um bom artigo da Wikipédia, como os alunos devem escolher quais artigos melhorar, sugestões sobre o que abordar em uma sessão de laboratório da Wikipédia e como interagir com a comunidade de editores da Wikipédia. Após o semestre Veja um exemplo de estrutura de avaliação para tarefas da Wikipédia que funcionou com outros instrutores. ===page 3=== Planejamento de tarefas Compreendendo as políticas principais Desde o início da Wikipédia, em 2001, a comunidade de editores voluntários —os “wikipedistas”— desenvolveu várias políticas importantes destinadas a garantir que a Wikipédia seja o mais confiável e útil possível. Qualquer trabalho que você integrar em sua sala de aula deve seguir essas políticas. A compreensão dessas políticas fundamentais garante que você desenvolva um trabalho que atenda aos seus objetivos de aprendizado e, ao mesmo tempo, melhore a Wikipédia. ;Conteúdo livre [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 2, User Lechatjaune photo.tif|thumb]] “O trabalho com o qual os alunos contribuem para a Wikipédia é conteúdo livre e torna-se parte do patrimônio comum. Ele pode ser editado e reutilizado por outros sob uma licença livre. Todo texto escrito na Wikipédia deve ser original. Não é apropriado copiar e colar de outras fontes.” — Usuário:Lechatjaune fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Lechatjaune ;Ponto de vista neutro [[File:GorillaWarfare.JPG|thumb]] “Tudo na Wikipédia deve ser escrito de um ponto de vista neutro. A Wikipédia não é o lugar para argumentação ou defesa de interesses. Todas as informações devem ser apresentadas com precisão e sem preconceitos, descrevendo todos os pontos de vista significativos publicados por fontes confiáveis. Devemos explicar as diferentes opiniões sobre um tópico, não defender uma ou outra.” — Usuária:GorillaWarfare fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:GorillaWarfare ;Notoriedade [[File:Mohamed Ouda.jpg|thumb]] “Usamos o conceito de notoriedade para determinar se um tópico merece um artigo. Em geral, consideramos um tópico notável se houve cobertura de terceiros sobre o tópico em fontes confiáveis. Se seus alunos estiverem começando novos artigos, eles deverão encontrar várias fontes independentes e confiáveis sobre o tópico antes de começar.” — Usuário:Mohamed Ouda fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Faris knight ;Fontes confiáveis [[File:Mariana Jó @ Cidade Universitária, USP. São Paulo. Brasil.jpg|thumb]] “As fontes mais confiáveis na Wikipédia são fontes de terceiros com reputação de verificação de fatos, como livros publicados por editoras acadêmicas, revistas acadêmicas revisadas por pares e jornais internacionais. Evite citar ''blogs'', comunicados à imprensa e outras fontes menos formais. Os alunos devem usar fontes que representem pontos de vista significativos, em vez de estudos isolados ou trabalhos marginais.” — Usuária:Mariana Jó fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:Mariana Jó ;Boa-fé [[File:Mike Christie.jpg|thumb]] “Todos que editam a Wikipédia, inclusive estudantes, devem assumir a boa-fé ao interagir com os outros. Isso significa que tratamos uns aos outros com respeito e presumimos que todos estão operando com o mesmo objetivo: melhorar o conteúdo da Wikipédia. Valorizamos a civilidade ao interagir sobre tópicos polêmicos. Lembre-se de sempre discutir o conteúdo que está sendo editado, e não a pessoa que está editando, e evite ataques pessoais.” — Usuário:Mike Christie fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Mike Christie ===page 4=== Planejamento de tarefas Elaborando suas tarefas A Wikipédia oferece diversas opções de tarefas, de acordo com seus objetivos de aprendizagem. Leve em consideração as competências dos seus alunos, o nível de contribuição que você deseja que eles façam à Wikipédia e quanto tempo você tem no curso para dedicar à tarefa. Nesse folheto, apresentamos a tarefa de pedir aos alunos que escrevam um artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso, uma das tarefas mais comuns utilizadas pelos instrutores. Tarefa: escrever um artigo Na tarefa “Escrever um artigo”, você pede aos alunos que desenvolvam um artigo já existente ou criem um novo artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso. Utilizando fontes confiáveis, os alunos documentam informações sobre o tema. Frequentemente, os instrutores utilizam essa tarefa em conjunto com um trabalho analítico mais extenso, realizado fora da internet; os artigos da Wikipédia dos alunos constituem as seções de revisão da literatura desses trabalhos. Tarefas alternativas: Traduzir um artigo Instrutores de idiomas consideram essa uma atividade muito prática. Seus alunos selecionam artigos de alta qualidade da Wikipédia do idioma que estão estudando —artigos que ainda não estão disponíveis na Wikipédia em sua língua nativa— e os traduzem para sua língua nativa. <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Add illustrations to an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If your students are adept at media, this can be a great way of contributing to Wikipedia in a non-textual way. In the past, students have photographed local monuments that had no photos illustrating the articles, designed infographics to illustrate concepts on Wikipedia, or created videos that demonstrated audiovisually what articles describe in words. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Copyediting </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Since Wikipedia is a user-generated resource, you’ll find plenty of typos and much room for improvement in the prose. Asking students to improve the grammar of an article is a good way for them to learn copyediting skills and think critically about how good writing is done in your discipline. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A complementary brochure, “Case Studies: How instructors are teaching with Wikipedia”, includes links to syllabi and assignment descriptions instructors have used around the world. A few common assignments are listed here, but you are encouraged to consult it for more ideas. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / Assignment planning </div> ===page 5=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Learning objectives </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Asking students to write a Wikipedia article generally meets these four learning objectives well. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Writing skills development </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn how to write for a diverse and interested readership that represents a significant percentage of the worldwide online population. Furthermore, with Wikipedia’s emphasis on verifiability and “no original research,” students gain a greater understanding of the difference between fact-based and persuasive writing styles. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Media and information literacy </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia’s transparent and collaborative content development process allows students to gain a deeper understanding of how information is both produced and consumed. This provides an excellent opportunity for students to reflect on available sources and their appropriate usage. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Critical thinking and research skills </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn to critically analyze Wikipedia articles to determine how well an article covers the topic, to assess what information is missing, and to evaluate to what extent the article is documented with reliable sources. In the larger context, the evaluation of Wikipedia articles helps your students learn how to evaluate different sources, not only Wikipedia. The process of assessing an existing article and deciding what information is missing is very similar to the literature review process that is crucial in scholarly research. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaboration </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn first-hand how to collaborate with a community of active volunteer editors (including their fellow students) in the development of encyclopedic content. They often receive feedback on their work and learn to negotiate with other editors in building consensus on content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Syllabus design </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Experienced instructors say it is crucial for students who are going to be editing Wikipedia to become comfortable not only with the markup, but also the community. Requiring tiny assignments early in the term, such as those listed below, will acclimate them to the site. Instructors who do not set up these milestones throughout the term usually have bad experiences with their assignments. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These simple tasks prepare students for a longer Wikipedia assignment by introducing students to skills they will need later. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students should create a user page, adding a sentence or two about themselves and adding an image from Wikimedia Commons (Wikipedia’s image repository). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Encourage students to upload a photo to Wikimedia Commons that they’ve taken themselves. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to improve the clarity of a sentence or two in an article related to class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students could use a reading from the course to add a reference to an article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Once they’ve selected a topic to write on, students should post a message on that article’s talk page with some proposed sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to post an outline of their proposed changes to the talk page before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Once students have accomplished these milestones, they’ll be more comfortable with working on Wikipedia. Students procrastinate, so it’s better to use these as early milestones that will be completed before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A companion brochure offers a sample syllabus used by more than 100 instructors who have run this type of assignment. Download the brochure at </div> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment planning / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 6=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Choosing an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Determining what articles students should work on can be a challenge. Some instructors create a list of articles and ask students to pick from the list; others require students to propose topics. If you would like your students to create new articles, rather than improve existing articles, make sure they have read Wikipedia’s notability policy and are confident the topics are notable — that is, well-covered by reputable third-party sources in your field. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just what makes a good Wikipedia article? Make sure you and your students familiarize yourselves with the structure of a typical Wikipedia article in your discipline, so students know what types of sections they will be expected to contribute. Most students will have never thought about the structure of an encyclopedia article before, so spending a few minutes in class clarifying how information is structured in encyclopedias is important. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Do’s </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Ask your students to choose a topic that is well established in the discipline, but only weakly represented on Wikipedia. If there is a lot of literature available on the topic, but only a small amount of that information exists on Wikipedia, that is the best situation to work from.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Look for articles rated “stub” or “start” class on Wikipedia’s internal assessment process. You can see an article’s assessment by visiting its talk page.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Make sure you search for a few different variants on the term before creating an article. Often, you may find that a topic has already been covered under a different name.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Don’ts </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid trying to improve articles on very broad topics (e.g., law) or articles that are already of high quality on Wikipedia (“Featured Articles”). These topics are more challenging to improve effectively.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t try to improve topics that are highly controversial, likeglobal warming, abortion, or Scientology. Contentious topics often lead to fights on Wikipedia. Students should be encouraged to start sub-articles instead.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid working on topics that are only sparsely covered by literature. Students will have a difficult time providing enough reliable sources to create a Wikipedia article.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t start articles with titles that imply an essay-like approach, such as “The Effects That The Recent Sub-Prime Mortgage Crisis has had on the US and Global Economics” instead of “Subprime mortgage crisis.” Wikipedia is an encyclopedia, and essays are not appropriate.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 7=== [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 7, Hurricane Irene screenshot.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Typical structure of a Wikipedia article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A quality Wikipedia article is the result of a well-defined structure, encyclopedic content, and an active community. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Lead section </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A lead section should summarize the key points covered in the article. Note that the lead section is without a heading. The first sentence should provide a definition of the topic of the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Infobox </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many articles contain an infobox that describes key elements of the topic. Find an article on a similar topic to yours and copy the code for the infobox to add one to your article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Body of the article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Headers clearly delineate appropriate sections. In the case of this article, the body covers the history of the hurricane as well as its impact. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Images </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Freely licensed images can be added to Wikipedia articles from Wikimedia Commons. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Appendices and footnotes </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the content comes a section with other related Wikipedia articles (“See also”), the sources used in the article (“References”), and a list of other websites people could consult for more information (“External links”). </div> ===page 8=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Teaching wiki basics to students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the first few weeks of class, we recommend that you give students an introduction to the basics of Wikipedia, including instructions on how to edit and some things they should keep in mind about how writing for Wikipedia is different from a typical college essay. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you have time, take your students into a computer lab and do a hands-on introduction to wiki markup. This allows students to see editing take place “live,” and gives them a safe space to make mistakes and ask questions in real-time. Typically, such labs last an hour or two. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you feel comfortable enough with wiki markup, you can teach this lab yourself. If not, you can recruit local Wikipedians or contact your local Wikipedia Campus Ambassador (if your university has one). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Tips for what to cover </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Bolding and italicizing text</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create headers</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to edit subsections</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create bulleted and numbered lists</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create links</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create references</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create a sandbox</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Distinctions among article pages, talk pages, and user pages</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Use of talk pages</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you’d rather have students do this on their own time, an online training covering this material is available at: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is best to have students create their user accounts before they come to the lab. This allows them to read Wikipedia’s username policy and consider how anonymous they want to be on the site (and also avoids triggering the automatic limits placed on creating numerous accounts from the same location in a short time period). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How Wikipedia is different from a college essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here are some ways that writing for Wikipedia may take some extra thought for students: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fact-based, not persuasive writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Rather than making an argument, students will be writing a description of the information about a topic, cited to reliable sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Formal tone and basic language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Articles should be written in a formal tone, but with easy-to-understand language. Wikipedia isn’t the place for students to show off their extensive vocabularies. The audience of Wikipedia is global, and people who have never heard of the topic before will be reading what students are writing. Students need to clearly convey the basics of the topic in their writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No large block quotes. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Academic writing favors large block quotes from reputable sources, but Wikipedia’s policies state that you should try to paraphrase whenever possible. Quoting from sources is encouraged, but students should try to provide the context in their own words and only quote the truly key phrase or two from the original. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 9=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Interacting with the community </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaborating with the Wikipedia community is key to giving your students the full benefits of a Wikipedia assignment. But how do you do that? </div> [[File:User Bookworm-df300b.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Mstislavl-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Vulpeto-df300c.tif|thumb]] [[File:Editor Video Still 22.tiff|thumb]] [[File:User CBrown1023-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Rajeshpandey-df300b.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> photos CC BY-SA 3.0 by Jelly Helm </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedians interact by writing messages to each other on article talk pages or user talk pages. If another user wants to communicate with you, s/he will most likely leave a message directly on your user talk page or the talk page of the article you’ve been working on. It is a good idea to monitor and respond to these messages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All Wikipedia interaction assumes good faith. That is, until it can be demonstrated otherwise, we assume that other editors are here to help improve the encyclopedia. Therefore, all editors should be treated with respect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When making changes to Wikipedia articles, it is expected that editors will explain their changes briefly in an edit summary. When you fill in the small box in the edit window with a phrase such as “copyediting” or “adding a reference,” others will be able to follow the history of the article when they click on the “View history” tab. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Etiquette </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Like any community, Wikipedia has an etiquette. These few simple guidelines will help you get along with Wikipedians: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Assume good faith: Assume other editors are trying to improve the project. Try to understand their point of view. Discuss. Negotiate. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Be polite and remember that it is more difficult to read sarcasm and irony in text than in verbal form. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Always sign your posts on talk pages so others can follow who is saying what by using four tildes (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>), which will automatically add your username and the date. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss major changes you are making to the encyclopedia on article talk pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss article content, not editors. Do not make personal attacks. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 10=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assessing student work </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How can you assess your students’ contributions to Wikipedia and writing about Wikipedia? Depending on the complexity of your assignment, designing a grading rubric for it may be easy or challenging. Here is a sample grading rubric that has worked well for other instructors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Grading Structure </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 5% each (x4) </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation grade for early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation in class blog or class discussions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews and collaboration with classmates </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 50% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of your main Wikipedia contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> student grade </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / After the term </div> ===page 11=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Did students complete the milestones (first referenced on page 5) listed in your syllabus? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Class blog or class discussion </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors ask students to keep a running blog about their experiences. Giving them prompts every week or every two weeks, such as “To what extent are the editors on Wikipedia a self-selecting group and why?” will help them begin to think about the larger issues surrounding this online encyclopedia community. It will also give you material both on the wiki and off the wiki to grade. If you have time in class, these discussions can be particularly constructive in person. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students evaluate each others’ work on Wikipedia, leaving reviews for each other on or off the site. These evaluations can cover questions such as how reliable are the references, how well does the article cover the topic, or how well-written is the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors contrast what an article looked like before and after a student worked on it, using the article history. You can compare the beginning version with the end, extract the contributions made by the students, and see the individual changes made by the students. You may want your students to do this comparison themselves and add it to a portfolio they present to you. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the assignment is over, ask students to write a short reflective essay on their experiences using Wikipedia. This works well for both short and long Wikipedia projects. An interesting iteration of this is to have students write a short version of the essay before they begin editing Wikipedia, outlining their expectations, and then have them reflect on whether or not those expectations were met after they have completed the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For instructors </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Case Studies: How professors are teaching with Wikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikipedia Education Program Case Studies.pdf|thumb]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fifteen professors from six countries are featured in this brochure, as each explains how he or she used Wikipedia in the classroom or how he or she graded the assignment. The web version of the brochure includes links to syllabi and assignment handouts. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Syllabus </div> [[File:Sample Syllabus for Wikipedia assignment.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A week-by-week guide to incorporating a “write a Wikipedia article” assignment into your classes. It includes some key milestones that have proven to be effective at ensuring that students derive the greatest educational benefits from editing Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Online Orientation: Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool </div> [[File:The Essentials brochure, p 2, online orientation screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All instructors are highly encouraged to complete the online orientation for educators before planning a syllabus. It will introduce you to the culture and rules of Wikipedia, demonstrate the basics of editing, and walk you through a typical Wikipedia assignment like this one. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:EDUCATOR </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Welcome to Wikipedia </div> [[File:Editing Wikipedia brochure EN.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A basic introduction to contributing to Wikipedia: how to create a Wikipedia user account, how to start editing, and how to communicate with other contributors. You will also learn how articles evolve on Wikipedia and how to rate the quality of an existing article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/welcometowikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Editing Basics </div> [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 11, Student training screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students are encouraged to take an online training that walks them through the basics of how to contribute to Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 12 (back cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Ready to join the Wikipedia Education Program? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Education programs already exist in many countries, and Wikimedia volunteers are creating new programs every term. In countries where the Wikipedia Education Program is in operation, volunteer Wikipedia Ambassadors may be available to offer you and your students assistance in learning the best ways to contribute to Wikipedia for class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Join us! For more information, visit </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All images from the Wikimedia Commons are under a CC BY-SA or public domain license unless otherwise stated. The content contained within is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike License v.3.0 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:CC-BY-SA) or any later version. </div> [[File:Cc by-sa (1).svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The trademarks and logos of the Wikimedia Foundation and any other organization are not included under the terms of this Creative Commons license. Wikimedia Foundation, Wikipedia, Wikimedia Commons, MediaWiki, Wiktionary, Wikibooks, Wikisource, Wikinews, Wikiquote, Wikiversity, Wikispecies, Wikidata, Wikivoyage and Meta-Wiki are pending trademark registration or are registered trademarks of Wikimedia Foundation. </div> Para mais informações, veja nossa página de Política de Marcas Registradas, [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy|https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/Trademark_Policy]]. Para outras perguntas sobre nossos termos de licenciamento ou política de marcas registradas, envie um e-mail para legal@wikimedia.org. [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] [[Category:Education{{#translation:}}]] qehgct8wuj4e2wjg78typzrmink57me 278363 278361 2026-08-05T06:27:39Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Adicionar ilustrações a um artigo" 278363 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> [[File:Instructor Basics How to Use Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool.pdf|thumb|Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino]] Este é o texto do folheto do Programa de Educação da Wikipédia '''Noções básicas do instrutor: como usar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino''', revisado no final de 2013. ==text== ===page 1 (cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino Fundação Wikimedia ===page 2=== A Wikipedia é a enciclopédia livre e ''online'' que pode ser editada por qualquer pessoa. Sendo o quinto ''website'' mais visitado do mundo, a Wikipédia é um recurso usado pela maioria dos estudantes universitários. Mas muitos educadores de todo o mundo também têm usado a Wikipédia como ferramenta de ensino em suas salas de aula universitárias. Neste folheto, reunimos suas experiências para lhe ajudar a determinar como usar a Wikipédia em sua sala de aula. Organizamos este folheto em três partes: Planejamento de tarefas Aprenda as principais políticas da Wikipédia e obtenha mais informações sobre a elaboração de tarefas, com foco em pedir aos alunos que escrevam artigos na Wikipédia para a aula. Durante o semestre Aprenda sobre a estrutura de um bom artigo da Wikipédia, como os alunos devem escolher quais artigos melhorar, sugestões sobre o que abordar em uma sessão de laboratório da Wikipédia e como interagir com a comunidade de editores da Wikipédia. Após o semestre Veja um exemplo de estrutura de avaliação para tarefas da Wikipédia que funcionou com outros instrutores. ===page 3=== Planejamento de tarefas Compreendendo as políticas principais Desde o início da Wikipédia, em 2001, a comunidade de editores voluntários —os “wikipedistas”— desenvolveu várias políticas importantes destinadas a garantir que a Wikipédia seja o mais confiável e útil possível. Qualquer trabalho que você integrar em sua sala de aula deve seguir essas políticas. A compreensão dessas políticas fundamentais garante que você desenvolva um trabalho que atenda aos seus objetivos de aprendizado e, ao mesmo tempo, melhore a Wikipédia. ;Conteúdo livre [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 2, User Lechatjaune photo.tif|thumb]] “O trabalho com o qual os alunos contribuem para a Wikipédia é conteúdo livre e torna-se parte do patrimônio comum. Ele pode ser editado e reutilizado por outros sob uma licença livre. Todo texto escrito na Wikipédia deve ser original. Não é apropriado copiar e colar de outras fontes.” — Usuário:Lechatjaune fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Lechatjaune ;Ponto de vista neutro [[File:GorillaWarfare.JPG|thumb]] “Tudo na Wikipédia deve ser escrito de um ponto de vista neutro. A Wikipédia não é o lugar para argumentação ou defesa de interesses. Todas as informações devem ser apresentadas com precisão e sem preconceitos, descrevendo todos os pontos de vista significativos publicados por fontes confiáveis. Devemos explicar as diferentes opiniões sobre um tópico, não defender uma ou outra.” — Usuária:GorillaWarfare fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:GorillaWarfare ;Notoriedade [[File:Mohamed Ouda.jpg|thumb]] “Usamos o conceito de notoriedade para determinar se um tópico merece um artigo. Em geral, consideramos um tópico notável se houve cobertura de terceiros sobre o tópico em fontes confiáveis. Se seus alunos estiverem começando novos artigos, eles deverão encontrar várias fontes independentes e confiáveis sobre o tópico antes de começar.” — Usuário:Mohamed Ouda fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Faris knight ;Fontes confiáveis [[File:Mariana Jó @ Cidade Universitária, USP. São Paulo. Brasil.jpg|thumb]] “As fontes mais confiáveis na Wikipédia são fontes de terceiros com reputação de verificação de fatos, como livros publicados por editoras acadêmicas, revistas acadêmicas revisadas por pares e jornais internacionais. Evite citar ''blogs'', comunicados à imprensa e outras fontes menos formais. Os alunos devem usar fontes que representem pontos de vista significativos, em vez de estudos isolados ou trabalhos marginais.” — Usuária:Mariana Jó fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:Mariana Jó ;Boa-fé [[File:Mike Christie.jpg|thumb]] “Todos que editam a Wikipédia, inclusive estudantes, devem assumir a boa-fé ao interagir com os outros. Isso significa que tratamos uns aos outros com respeito e presumimos que todos estão operando com o mesmo objetivo: melhorar o conteúdo da Wikipédia. Valorizamos a civilidade ao interagir sobre tópicos polêmicos. Lembre-se de sempre discutir o conteúdo que está sendo editado, e não a pessoa que está editando, e evite ataques pessoais.” — Usuário:Mike Christie fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Mike Christie ===page 4=== Planejamento de tarefas Elaborando suas tarefas A Wikipédia oferece diversas opções de tarefas, de acordo com seus objetivos de aprendizagem. Leve em consideração as competências dos seus alunos, o nível de contribuição que você deseja que eles façam à Wikipédia e quanto tempo você tem no curso para dedicar à tarefa. Nesse folheto, apresentamos a tarefa de pedir aos alunos que escrevam um artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso, uma das tarefas mais comuns utilizadas pelos instrutores. Tarefa: escrever um artigo Na tarefa “Escrever um artigo”, você pede aos alunos que desenvolvam um artigo já existente ou criem um novo artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso. Utilizando fontes confiáveis, os alunos documentam informações sobre o tema. Frequentemente, os instrutores utilizam essa tarefa em conjunto com um trabalho analítico mais extenso, realizado fora da internet; os artigos da Wikipédia dos alunos constituem as seções de revisão da literatura desses trabalhos. Tarefas alternativas: Traduzir um artigo Instrutores de idiomas consideram essa uma atividade muito prática. Seus alunos selecionam artigos de alta qualidade da Wikipédia do idioma que estão estudando —artigos que ainda não estão disponíveis na Wikipédia em sua língua nativa— e os traduzem para sua língua nativa. Adicionar ilustrações a um artigo <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If your students are adept at media, this can be a great way of contributing to Wikipedia in a non-textual way. In the past, students have photographed local monuments that had no photos illustrating the articles, designed infographics to illustrate concepts on Wikipedia, or created videos that demonstrated audiovisually what articles describe in words. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Copyediting </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Since Wikipedia is a user-generated resource, you’ll find plenty of typos and much room for improvement in the prose. Asking students to improve the grammar of an article is a good way for them to learn copyediting skills and think critically about how good writing is done in your discipline. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A complementary brochure, “Case Studies: How instructors are teaching with Wikipedia”, includes links to syllabi and assignment descriptions instructors have used around the world. A few common assignments are listed here, but you are encouraged to consult it for more ideas. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / Assignment planning </div> ===page 5=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Learning objectives </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Asking students to write a Wikipedia article generally meets these four learning objectives well. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Writing skills development </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn how to write for a diverse and interested readership that represents a significant percentage of the worldwide online population. Furthermore, with Wikipedia’s emphasis on verifiability and “no original research,” students gain a greater understanding of the difference between fact-based and persuasive writing styles. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Media and information literacy </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia’s transparent and collaborative content development process allows students to gain a deeper understanding of how information is both produced and consumed. This provides an excellent opportunity for students to reflect on available sources and their appropriate usage. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Critical thinking and research skills </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn to critically analyze Wikipedia articles to determine how well an article covers the topic, to assess what information is missing, and to evaluate to what extent the article is documented with reliable sources. In the larger context, the evaluation of Wikipedia articles helps your students learn how to evaluate different sources, not only Wikipedia. The process of assessing an existing article and deciding what information is missing is very similar to the literature review process that is crucial in scholarly research. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaboration </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn first-hand how to collaborate with a community of active volunteer editors (including their fellow students) in the development of encyclopedic content. They often receive feedback on their work and learn to negotiate with other editors in building consensus on content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Syllabus design </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Experienced instructors say it is crucial for students who are going to be editing Wikipedia to become comfortable not only with the markup, but also the community. Requiring tiny assignments early in the term, such as those listed below, will acclimate them to the site. Instructors who do not set up these milestones throughout the term usually have bad experiences with their assignments. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These simple tasks prepare students for a longer Wikipedia assignment by introducing students to skills they will need later. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students should create a user page, adding a sentence or two about themselves and adding an image from Wikimedia Commons (Wikipedia’s image repository). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Encourage students to upload a photo to Wikimedia Commons that they’ve taken themselves. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to improve the clarity of a sentence or two in an article related to class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students could use a reading from the course to add a reference to an article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Once they’ve selected a topic to write on, students should post a message on that article’s talk page with some proposed sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to post an outline of their proposed changes to the talk page before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Once students have accomplished these milestones, they’ll be more comfortable with working on Wikipedia. Students procrastinate, so it’s better to use these as early milestones that will be completed before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A companion brochure offers a sample syllabus used by more than 100 instructors who have run this type of assignment. Download the brochure at </div> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment planning / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 6=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Choosing an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Determining what articles students should work on can be a challenge. Some instructors create a list of articles and ask students to pick from the list; others require students to propose topics. If you would like your students to create new articles, rather than improve existing articles, make sure they have read Wikipedia’s notability policy and are confident the topics are notable — that is, well-covered by reputable third-party sources in your field. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just what makes a good Wikipedia article? Make sure you and your students familiarize yourselves with the structure of a typical Wikipedia article in your discipline, so students know what types of sections they will be expected to contribute. Most students will have never thought about the structure of an encyclopedia article before, so spending a few minutes in class clarifying how information is structured in encyclopedias is important. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Do’s </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Ask your students to choose a topic that is well established in the discipline, but only weakly represented on Wikipedia. If there is a lot of literature available on the topic, but only a small amount of that information exists on Wikipedia, that is the best situation to work from.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Look for articles rated “stub” or “start” class on Wikipedia’s internal assessment process. You can see an article’s assessment by visiting its talk page.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Make sure you search for a few different variants on the term before creating an article. Often, you may find that a topic has already been covered under a different name.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Don’ts </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid trying to improve articles on very broad topics (e.g., law) or articles that are already of high quality on Wikipedia (“Featured Articles”). These topics are more challenging to improve effectively.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t try to improve topics that are highly controversial, likeglobal warming, abortion, or Scientology. Contentious topics often lead to fights on Wikipedia. Students should be encouraged to start sub-articles instead.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid working on topics that are only sparsely covered by literature. Students will have a difficult time providing enough reliable sources to create a Wikipedia article.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t start articles with titles that imply an essay-like approach, such as “The Effects That The Recent Sub-Prime Mortgage Crisis has had on the US and Global Economics” instead of “Subprime mortgage crisis.” Wikipedia is an encyclopedia, and essays are not appropriate.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 7=== [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 7, Hurricane Irene screenshot.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Typical structure of a Wikipedia article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A quality Wikipedia article is the result of a well-defined structure, encyclopedic content, and an active community. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Lead section </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A lead section should summarize the key points covered in the article. Note that the lead section is without a heading. The first sentence should provide a definition of the topic of the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Infobox </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many articles contain an infobox that describes key elements of the topic. Find an article on a similar topic to yours and copy the code for the infobox to add one to your article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Body of the article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Headers clearly delineate appropriate sections. In the case of this article, the body covers the history of the hurricane as well as its impact. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Images </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Freely licensed images can be added to Wikipedia articles from Wikimedia Commons. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Appendices and footnotes </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the content comes a section with other related Wikipedia articles (“See also”), the sources used in the article (“References”), and a list of other websites people could consult for more information (“External links”). </div> ===page 8=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Teaching wiki basics to students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the first few weeks of class, we recommend that you give students an introduction to the basics of Wikipedia, including instructions on how to edit and some things they should keep in mind about how writing for Wikipedia is different from a typical college essay. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you have time, take your students into a computer lab and do a hands-on introduction to wiki markup. This allows students to see editing take place “live,” and gives them a safe space to make mistakes and ask questions in real-time. Typically, such labs last an hour or two. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you feel comfortable enough with wiki markup, you can teach this lab yourself. If not, you can recruit local Wikipedians or contact your local Wikipedia Campus Ambassador (if your university has one). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Tips for what to cover </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Bolding and italicizing text</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create headers</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to edit subsections</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create bulleted and numbered lists</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create links</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create references</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create a sandbox</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Distinctions among article pages, talk pages, and user pages</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Use of talk pages</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you’d rather have students do this on their own time, an online training covering this material is available at: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is best to have students create their user accounts before they come to the lab. This allows them to read Wikipedia’s username policy and consider how anonymous they want to be on the site (and also avoids triggering the automatic limits placed on creating numerous accounts from the same location in a short time period). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How Wikipedia is different from a college essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here are some ways that writing for Wikipedia may take some extra thought for students: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fact-based, not persuasive writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Rather than making an argument, students will be writing a description of the information about a topic, cited to reliable sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Formal tone and basic language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Articles should be written in a formal tone, but with easy-to-understand language. Wikipedia isn’t the place for students to show off their extensive vocabularies. The audience of Wikipedia is global, and people who have never heard of the topic before will be reading what students are writing. Students need to clearly convey the basics of the topic in their writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No large block quotes. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Academic writing favors large block quotes from reputable sources, but Wikipedia’s policies state that you should try to paraphrase whenever possible. Quoting from sources is encouraged, but students should try to provide the context in their own words and only quote the truly key phrase or two from the original. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 9=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Interacting with the community </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaborating with the Wikipedia community is key to giving your students the full benefits of a Wikipedia assignment. But how do you do that? </div> [[File:User Bookworm-df300b.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Mstislavl-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Vulpeto-df300c.tif|thumb]] [[File:Editor Video Still 22.tiff|thumb]] [[File:User CBrown1023-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Rajeshpandey-df300b.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> photos CC BY-SA 3.0 by Jelly Helm </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedians interact by writing messages to each other on article talk pages or user talk pages. If another user wants to communicate with you, s/he will most likely leave a message directly on your user talk page or the talk page of the article you’ve been working on. It is a good idea to monitor and respond to these messages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All Wikipedia interaction assumes good faith. That is, until it can be demonstrated otherwise, we assume that other editors are here to help improve the encyclopedia. Therefore, all editors should be treated with respect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When making changes to Wikipedia articles, it is expected that editors will explain their changes briefly in an edit summary. When you fill in the small box in the edit window with a phrase such as “copyediting” or “adding a reference,” others will be able to follow the history of the article when they click on the “View history” tab. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Etiquette </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Like any community, Wikipedia has an etiquette. These few simple guidelines will help you get along with Wikipedians: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Assume good faith: Assume other editors are trying to improve the project. Try to understand their point of view. Discuss. Negotiate. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Be polite and remember that it is more difficult to read sarcasm and irony in text than in verbal form. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Always sign your posts on talk pages so others can follow who is saying what by using four tildes (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>), which will automatically add your username and the date. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss major changes you are making to the encyclopedia on article talk pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss article content, not editors. Do not make personal attacks. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 10=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assessing student work </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How can you assess your students’ contributions to Wikipedia and writing about Wikipedia? Depending on the complexity of your assignment, designing a grading rubric for it may be easy or challenging. Here is a sample grading rubric that has worked well for other instructors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Grading Structure </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 5% each (x4) </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation grade for early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation in class blog or class discussions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews and collaboration with classmates </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 50% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of your main Wikipedia contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> student grade </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / After the term </div> ===page 11=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Did students complete the milestones (first referenced on page 5) listed in your syllabus? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Class blog or class discussion </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors ask students to keep a running blog about their experiences. Giving them prompts every week or every two weeks, such as “To what extent are the editors on Wikipedia a self-selecting group and why?” will help them begin to think about the larger issues surrounding this online encyclopedia community. It will also give you material both on the wiki and off the wiki to grade. If you have time in class, these discussions can be particularly constructive in person. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students evaluate each others’ work on Wikipedia, leaving reviews for each other on or off the site. These evaluations can cover questions such as how reliable are the references, how well does the article cover the topic, or how well-written is the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors contrast what an article looked like before and after a student worked on it, using the article history. You can compare the beginning version with the end, extract the contributions made by the students, and see the individual changes made by the students. You may want your students to do this comparison themselves and add it to a portfolio they present to you. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the assignment is over, ask students to write a short reflective essay on their experiences using Wikipedia. This works well for both short and long Wikipedia projects. An interesting iteration of this is to have students write a short version of the essay before they begin editing Wikipedia, outlining their expectations, and then have them reflect on whether or not those expectations were met after they have completed the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For instructors </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Case Studies: How professors are teaching with Wikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikipedia Education Program Case Studies.pdf|thumb]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fifteen professors from six countries are featured in this brochure, as each explains how he or she used Wikipedia in the classroom or how he or she graded the assignment. The web version of the brochure includes links to syllabi and assignment handouts. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Syllabus </div> [[File:Sample Syllabus for Wikipedia assignment.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A week-by-week guide to incorporating a “write a Wikipedia article” assignment into your classes. It includes some key milestones that have proven to be effective at ensuring that students derive the greatest educational benefits from editing Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Online Orientation: Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool </div> [[File:The Essentials brochure, p 2, online orientation screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All instructors are highly encouraged to complete the online orientation for educators before planning a syllabus. It will introduce you to the culture and rules of Wikipedia, demonstrate the basics of editing, and walk you through a typical Wikipedia assignment like this one. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:EDUCATOR </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Welcome to Wikipedia </div> [[File:Editing Wikipedia brochure EN.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A basic introduction to contributing to Wikipedia: how to create a Wikipedia user account, how to start editing, and how to communicate with other contributors. You will also learn how articles evolve on Wikipedia and how to rate the quality of an existing article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/welcometowikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Editing Basics </div> [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 11, Student training screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students are encouraged to take an online training that walks them through the basics of how to contribute to Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 12 (back cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Ready to join the Wikipedia Education Program? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Education programs already exist in many countries, and Wikimedia volunteers are creating new programs every term. In countries where the Wikipedia Education Program is in operation, volunteer Wikipedia Ambassadors may be available to offer you and your students assistance in learning the best ways to contribute to Wikipedia for class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Join us! For more information, visit </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All images from the Wikimedia Commons are under a CC BY-SA or public domain license unless otherwise stated. The content contained within is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike License v.3.0 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:CC-BY-SA) or any later version. </div> [[File:Cc by-sa (1).svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The trademarks and logos of the Wikimedia Foundation and any other organization are not included under the terms of this Creative Commons license. Wikimedia Foundation, Wikipedia, Wikimedia Commons, MediaWiki, Wiktionary, Wikibooks, Wikisource, Wikinews, Wikiquote, Wikiversity, Wikispecies, Wikidata, Wikivoyage and Meta-Wiki are pending trademark registration or are registered trademarks of Wikimedia Foundation. </div> Para mais informações, veja nossa página de Política de Marcas Registradas, [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy|https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/Trademark_Policy]]. Para outras perguntas sobre nossos termos de licenciamento ou política de marcas registradas, envie um e-mail para legal@wikimedia.org. [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] [[Category:Education{{#translation:}}]] 2u62h2h693a942qkwtd5znsbkr6xf3v 278365 278363 2026-08-05T06:28:27Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Se seus alunos têm habilidade com mídias, essa pode ser uma ótima maneira de contribuir para a Wikipédia de forma não textual. No passado, alunos já fotografaram monumentos locais que não tinham fotos para ilustrar os artigos, criaram infográficos para ilustrar conceitos na Wikipédia e produziram vídeos que demonstravam, de forma audiovisual, o que os artigos descrevem por meio de palavras." 278365 wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> [[File:Instructor Basics How to Use Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool.pdf|thumb|Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino]] Este é o texto do folheto do Programa de Educação da Wikipédia '''Noções básicas do instrutor: como usar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino''', revisado no final de 2013. ==text== ===page 1 (cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] Noções básicas do instrutor: como utilizar a Wikipédia como uma ferramenta de ensino Fundação Wikimedia ===page 2=== A Wikipedia é a enciclopédia livre e ''online'' que pode ser editada por qualquer pessoa. Sendo o quinto ''website'' mais visitado do mundo, a Wikipédia é um recurso usado pela maioria dos estudantes universitários. Mas muitos educadores de todo o mundo também têm usado a Wikipédia como ferramenta de ensino em suas salas de aula universitárias. Neste folheto, reunimos suas experiências para lhe ajudar a determinar como usar a Wikipédia em sua sala de aula. Organizamos este folheto em três partes: Planejamento de tarefas Aprenda as principais políticas da Wikipédia e obtenha mais informações sobre a elaboração de tarefas, com foco em pedir aos alunos que escrevam artigos na Wikipédia para a aula. Durante o semestre Aprenda sobre a estrutura de um bom artigo da Wikipédia, como os alunos devem escolher quais artigos melhorar, sugestões sobre o que abordar em uma sessão de laboratório da Wikipédia e como interagir com a comunidade de editores da Wikipédia. Após o semestre Veja um exemplo de estrutura de avaliação para tarefas da Wikipédia que funcionou com outros instrutores. ===page 3=== Planejamento de tarefas Compreendendo as políticas principais Desde o início da Wikipédia, em 2001, a comunidade de editores voluntários —os “wikipedistas”— desenvolveu várias políticas importantes destinadas a garantir que a Wikipédia seja o mais confiável e útil possível. Qualquer trabalho que você integrar em sua sala de aula deve seguir essas políticas. A compreensão dessas políticas fundamentais garante que você desenvolva um trabalho que atenda aos seus objetivos de aprendizado e, ao mesmo tempo, melhore a Wikipédia. ;Conteúdo livre [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 2, User Lechatjaune photo.tif|thumb]] “O trabalho com o qual os alunos contribuem para a Wikipédia é conteúdo livre e torna-se parte do patrimônio comum. Ele pode ser editado e reutilizado por outros sob uma licença livre. Todo texto escrito na Wikipédia deve ser original. Não é apropriado copiar e colar de outras fontes.” — Usuário:Lechatjaune fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Lechatjaune ;Ponto de vista neutro [[File:GorillaWarfare.JPG|thumb]] “Tudo na Wikipédia deve ser escrito de um ponto de vista neutro. A Wikipédia não é o lugar para argumentação ou defesa de interesses. Todas as informações devem ser apresentadas com precisão e sem preconceitos, descrevendo todos os pontos de vista significativos publicados por fontes confiáveis. Devemos explicar as diferentes opiniões sobre um tópico, não defender uma ou outra.” — Usuária:GorillaWarfare fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:GorillaWarfare ;Notoriedade [[File:Mohamed Ouda.jpg|thumb]] “Usamos o conceito de notoriedade para determinar se um tópico merece um artigo. Em geral, consideramos um tópico notável se houve cobertura de terceiros sobre o tópico em fontes confiáveis. Se seus alunos estiverem começando novos artigos, eles deverão encontrar várias fontes independentes e confiáveis sobre o tópico antes de começar.” — Usuário:Mohamed Ouda fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Faris knight ;Fontes confiáveis [[File:Mariana Jó @ Cidade Universitária, USP. São Paulo. Brasil.jpg|thumb]] “As fontes mais confiáveis na Wikipédia são fontes de terceiros com reputação de verificação de fatos, como livros publicados por editoras acadêmicas, revistas acadêmicas revisadas por pares e jornais internacionais. Evite citar ''blogs'', comunicados à imprensa e outras fontes menos formais. Os alunos devem usar fontes que representem pontos de vista significativos, em vez de estudos isolados ou trabalhos marginais.” — Usuária:Mariana Jó fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuária:Mariana Jó ;Boa-fé [[File:Mike Christie.jpg|thumb]] “Todos que editam a Wikipédia, inclusive estudantes, devem assumir a boa-fé ao interagir com os outros. Isso significa que tratamos uns aos outros com respeito e presumimos que todos estão operando com o mesmo objetivo: melhorar o conteúdo da Wikipédia. Valorizamos a civilidade ao interagir sobre tópicos polêmicos. Lembre-se de sempre discutir o conteúdo que está sendo editado, e não a pessoa que está editando, e evite ataques pessoais.” — Usuário:Mike Christie fotografia sob CC BY-SA 3.0 por Usuário:Mike Christie ===page 4=== Planejamento de tarefas Elaborando suas tarefas A Wikipédia oferece diversas opções de tarefas, de acordo com seus objetivos de aprendizagem. Leve em consideração as competências dos seus alunos, o nível de contribuição que você deseja que eles façam à Wikipédia e quanto tempo você tem no curso para dedicar à tarefa. Nesse folheto, apresentamos a tarefa de pedir aos alunos que escrevam um artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso, uma das tarefas mais comuns utilizadas pelos instrutores. Tarefa: escrever um artigo Na tarefa “Escrever um artigo”, você pede aos alunos que desenvolvam um artigo já existente ou criem um novo artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso. Utilizando fontes confiáveis, os alunos documentam informações sobre o tema. Frequentemente, os instrutores utilizam essa tarefa em conjunto com um trabalho analítico mais extenso, realizado fora da internet; os artigos da Wikipédia dos alunos constituem as seções de revisão da literatura desses trabalhos. Tarefas alternativas: Traduzir um artigo Instrutores de idiomas consideram essa uma atividade muito prática. Seus alunos selecionam artigos de alta qualidade da Wikipédia do idioma que estão estudando —artigos que ainda não estão disponíveis na Wikipédia em sua língua nativa— e os traduzem para sua língua nativa. Adicionar ilustrações a um artigo Se seus alunos têm habilidade com mídias, essa pode ser uma ótima maneira de contribuir para a Wikipédia de forma não textual. No passado, alunos já fotografaram monumentos locais que não tinham fotos para ilustrar os artigos, criaram infográficos para ilustrar conceitos na Wikipédia e produziram vídeos que demonstravam, de forma audiovisual, o que os artigos descrevem por meio de palavras. <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Copyediting </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Since Wikipedia is a user-generated resource, you’ll find plenty of typos and much room for improvement in the prose. Asking students to improve the grammar of an article is a good way for them to learn copyediting skills and think critically about how good writing is done in your discipline. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A complementary brochure, “Case Studies: How instructors are teaching with Wikipedia”, includes links to syllabi and assignment descriptions instructors have used around the world. A few common assignments are listed here, but you are encouraged to consult it for more ideas. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / Assignment planning </div> ===page 5=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Learning objectives </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Asking students to write a Wikipedia article generally meets these four learning objectives well. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Writing skills development </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn how to write for a diverse and interested readership that represents a significant percentage of the worldwide online population. Furthermore, with Wikipedia’s emphasis on verifiability and “no original research,” students gain a greater understanding of the difference between fact-based and persuasive writing styles. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Media and information literacy </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia’s transparent and collaborative content development process allows students to gain a deeper understanding of how information is both produced and consumed. This provides an excellent opportunity for students to reflect on available sources and their appropriate usage. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Critical thinking and research skills </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn to critically analyze Wikipedia articles to determine how well an article covers the topic, to assess what information is missing, and to evaluate to what extent the article is documented with reliable sources. In the larger context, the evaluation of Wikipedia articles helps your students learn how to evaluate different sources, not only Wikipedia. The process of assessing an existing article and deciding what information is missing is very similar to the literature review process that is crucial in scholarly research. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaboration </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students learn first-hand how to collaborate with a community of active volunteer editors (including their fellow students) in the development of encyclopedic content. They often receive feedback on their work and learn to negotiate with other editors in building consensus on content. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Syllabus design </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Experienced instructors say it is crucial for students who are going to be editing Wikipedia to become comfortable not only with the markup, but also the community. Requiring tiny assignments early in the term, such as those listed below, will acclimate them to the site. Instructors who do not set up these milestones throughout the term usually have bad experiences with their assignments. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> These simple tasks prepare students for a longer Wikipedia assignment by introducing students to skills they will need later. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students should create a user page, adding a sentence or two about themselves and adding an image from Wikimedia Commons (Wikipedia’s image repository). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Encourage students to upload a photo to Wikimedia Commons that they’ve taken themselves. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to improve the clarity of a sentence or two in an article related to class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Students could use a reading from the course to add a reference to an article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Once they’ve selected a topic to write on, students should post a message on that article’s talk page with some proposed sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Ask students to post an outline of their proposed changes to the talk page before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Once students have accomplished these milestones, they’ll be more comfortable with working on Wikipedia. Students procrastinate, so it’s better to use these as early milestones that will be completed before they start writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A companion brochure offers a sample syllabus used by more than 100 instructors who have run this type of assignment. Download the brochure at </div> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assignment planning / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 6=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Choosing an article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Determining what articles students should work on can be a challenge. Some instructors create a list of articles and ask students to pick from the list; others require students to propose topics. If you would like your students to create new articles, rather than improve existing articles, make sure they have read Wikipedia’s notability policy and are confident the topics are notable — that is, well-covered by reputable third-party sources in your field. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Just what makes a good Wikipedia article? Make sure you and your students familiarize yourselves with the structure of a typical Wikipedia article in your discipline, so students know what types of sections they will be expected to contribute. Most students will have never thought about the structure of an encyclopedia article before, so spending a few minutes in class clarifying how information is structured in encyclopedias is important. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Do’s </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Ask your students to choose a topic that is well established in the discipline, but only weakly represented on Wikipedia. If there is a lot of literature available on the topic, but only a small amount of that information exists on Wikipedia, that is the best situation to work from.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Look for articles rated “stub” or “start” class on Wikipedia’s internal assessment process. You can see an article’s assessment by visiting its talk page.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Make sure you search for a few different variants on the term before creating an article. Often, you may find that a topic has already been covered under a different name.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Don’ts </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid trying to improve articles on very broad topics (e.g., law) or articles that are already of high quality on Wikipedia (“Featured Articles”). These topics are more challenging to improve effectively.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t try to improve topics that are highly controversial, likeglobal warming, abortion, or Scientology. Contentious topics often lead to fights on Wikipedia. Students should be encouraged to start sub-articles instead.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Avoid working on topics that are only sparsely covered by literature. Students will have a difficult time providing enough reliable sources to create a Wikipedia article.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Don’t start articles with titles that imply an essay-like approach, such as “The Effects That The Recent Sub-Prime Mortgage Crisis has had on the US and Global Economics” instead of “Subprime mortgage crisis.” Wikipedia is an encyclopedia, and essays are not appropriate.</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 7=== [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 7, Hurricane Irene screenshot.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Typical structure of a Wikipedia article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A quality Wikipedia article is the result of a well-defined structure, encyclopedic content, and an active community. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Lead section </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A lead section should summarize the key points covered in the article. Note that the lead section is without a heading. The first sentence should provide a definition of the topic of the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Infobox </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many articles contain an infobox that describes key elements of the topic. Find an article on a similar topic to yours and copy the code for the infobox to add one to your article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Body of the article </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Headers clearly delineate appropriate sections. In the case of this article, the body covers the history of the hurricane as well as its impact. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Images </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Freely licensed images can be added to Wikipedia articles from Wikimedia Commons. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Appendices and footnotes </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the content comes a section with other related Wikipedia articles (“See also”), the sources used in the article (“References”), and a list of other websites people could consult for more information (“External links”). </div> ===page 8=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Teaching wiki basics to students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> In the first few weeks of class, we recommend that you give students an introduction to the basics of Wikipedia, including instructions on how to edit and some things they should keep in mind about how writing for Wikipedia is different from a typical college essay. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you have time, take your students into a computer lab and do a hands-on introduction to wiki markup. This allows students to see editing take place “live,” and gives them a safe space to make mistakes and ask questions in real-time. Typically, such labs last an hour or two. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you feel comfortable enough with wiki markup, you can teach this lab yourself. If not, you can recruit local Wikipedians or contact your local Wikipedia Campus Ambassador (if your university has one). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Tips for what to cover </div> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Bolding and italicizing text</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create headers</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to edit subsections</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create bulleted and numbered lists</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create links</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create references</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">How to create a sandbox</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Distinctions among article pages, talk pages, and user pages</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Use of talk pages</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> If you’d rather have students do this on their own time, an online training covering this material is available at: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> It is best to have students create their user accounts before they come to the lab. This allows them to read Wikipedia’s username policy and consider how anonymous they want to be on the site (and also avoids triggering the automatic limits placed on creating numerous accounts from the same location in a short time period). </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How Wikipedia is different from a college essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Here are some ways that writing for Wikipedia may take some extra thought for students: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fact-based, not persuasive writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Rather than making an argument, students will be writing a description of the information about a topic, cited to reliable sources. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Formal tone and basic language. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Articles should be written in a formal tone, but with easy-to-understand language. Wikipedia isn’t the place for students to show off their extensive vocabularies. The audience of Wikipedia is global, and people who have never heard of the topic before will be reading what students are writing. Students need to clearly convey the basics of the topic in their writing. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> No large block quotes. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Academic writing favors large block quotes from reputable sources, but Wikipedia’s policies state that you should try to paraphrase whenever possible. Quoting from sources is encouraged, but students should try to provide the context in their own words and only quote the truly key phrase or two from the original. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / During the term </div> ===page 9=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Interacting with the community </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Collaborating with the Wikipedia community is key to giving your students the full benefits of a Wikipedia assignment. But how do you do that? </div> [[File:User Bookworm-df300b.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Mstislavl-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Vulpeto-df300c.tif|thumb]] [[File:Editor Video Still 22.tiff|thumb]] [[File:User CBrown1023-df300Y.tif|thumb]] [[File:User Rajeshpandey-df300b.tif|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> photos CC BY-SA 3.0 by Jelly Helm </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedians interact by writing messages to each other on article talk pages or user talk pages. If another user wants to communicate with you, s/he will most likely leave a message directly on your user talk page or the talk page of the article you’ve been working on. It is a good idea to monitor and respond to these messages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All Wikipedia interaction assumes good faith. That is, until it can be demonstrated otherwise, we assume that other editors are here to help improve the encyclopedia. Therefore, all editors should be treated with respect. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> When making changes to Wikipedia articles, it is expected that editors will explain their changes briefly in an edit summary. When you fill in the small box in the edit window with a phrase such as “copyediting” or “adding a reference,” others will be able to follow the history of the article when they click on the “View history” tab. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Etiquette </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Like any community, Wikipedia has an etiquette. These few simple guidelines will help you get along with Wikipedians: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Assume good faith: Assume other editors are trying to improve the project. Try to understand their point of view. Discuss. Negotiate. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Be polite and remember that it is more difficult to read sarcasm and irony in text than in verbal form. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Always sign your posts on talk pages so others can follow who is saying what by using four tildes (<nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>), which will automatically add your username and the date. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss major changes you are making to the encyclopedia on article talk pages. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> › Discuss article content, not editors. Do not make personal attacks. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> During the term / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 10=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the term </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Assessing student work </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> How can you assess your students’ contributions to Wikipedia and writing about Wikipedia? Depending on the complexity of your assignment, designing a grading rubric for it may be easy or challenging. Here is a sample grading rubric that has worked well for other instructors. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Grading Structure </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 5% each (x4) </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation grade for early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Participation in class blog or class discussions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews and collaboration with classmates </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 50% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of your main Wikipedia contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> 10% </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> student grade </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Instructor Basics / After the term </div> ===page 11=== <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Early Wikipedia exercises </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Did students complete the milestones (first referenced on page 5) listed in your syllabus? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Class blog or class discussion </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors ask students to keep a running blog about their experiences. Giving them prompts every week or every two weeks, such as “To what extent are the editors on Wikipedia a self-selecting group and why?” will help them begin to think about the larger issues surrounding this online encyclopedia community. It will also give you material both on the wiki and off the wiki to grade. If you have time in class, these discussions can be particularly constructive in person. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Peer reviews </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students evaluate each others’ work on Wikipedia, leaving reviews for each other on or off the site. These evaluations can cover questions such as how reliable are the references, how well does the article cover the topic, or how well-written is the article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Quality of contributions </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Many instructors contrast what an article looked like before and after a student worked on it, using the article history. You can compare the beginning version with the end, extract the contributions made by the students, and see the individual changes made by the students. You may want your students to do this comparison themselves and add it to a portfolio they present to you. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Reflective essay </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> After the assignment is over, ask students to write a short reflective essay on their experiences using Wikipedia. This works well for both short and long Wikipedia projects. An interesting iteration of this is to have students write a short version of the essay before they begin editing Wikipedia, outlining their expectations, and then have them reflect on whether or not those expectations were met after they have completed the assignment. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For instructors </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Case Studies: How professors are teaching with Wikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikipedia Education Program Case Studies.pdf|thumb]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Fifteen professors from six countries are featured in this brochure, as each explains how he or she used Wikipedia in the classroom or how he or she graded the assignment. The web version of the brochure includes links to syllabi and assignment handouts. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/casestudies </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Sample Syllabus </div> [[File:Sample Syllabus for Wikipedia assignment.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A week-by-week guide to incorporating a “write a Wikipedia article” assignment into your classes. It includes some key milestones that have proven to be effective at ensuring that students derive the greatest educational benefits from editing Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/syllabus </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Online Orientation: Wikipedia as a Teaching Tool </div> [[File:The Essentials brochure, p 2, online orientation screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All instructors are highly encouraged to complete the online orientation for educators before planning a syllabus. It will introduce you to the culture and rules of Wikipedia, demonstrate the basics of editing, and walk you through a typical Wikipedia assignment like this one. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:EDUCATOR </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> For students </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Welcome to Wikipedia </div> [[File:Editing Wikipedia brochure EN.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> A basic introduction to contributing to Wikipedia: how to create a Wikipedia user account, how to start editing, and how to communicate with other contributors. You will also learn how articles evolve on Wikipedia and how to rate the quality of an existing article. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org/welcometowikipedia </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Editing Basics </div> [[File:Instructor Basics brochure, p 11, Student training screenshot.pdf|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Students are encouraged to take an online training that walks them through the basics of how to contribute to Wikipedia. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://enwp.org/WP:STUDENT </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Additional resources / Instructor Basics </div> ===page 12 (back cover)=== [[File:WikipediaEduBelow.svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Ready to join the Wikipedia Education Program? </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Education programs already exist in many countries, and Wikimedia volunteers are creating new programs every term. In countries where the Wikipedia Education Program is in operation, volunteer Wikipedia Ambassadors may be available to offer you and your students assistance in learning the best ways to contribute to Wikipedia for class. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Join us! For more information, visit </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> https://education.wikimedia.org </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> All images from the Wikimedia Commons are under a CC BY-SA or public domain license unless otherwise stated. The content contained within is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike License v.3.0 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:CC-BY-SA) or any later version. </div> [[File:Cc by-sa (1).svg|thumb]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The trademarks and logos of the Wikimedia Foundation and any other organization are not included under the terms of this Creative Commons license. Wikimedia Foundation, Wikipedia, Wikimedia Commons, MediaWiki, Wiktionary, Wikibooks, Wikisource, Wikinews, Wikiquote, Wikiversity, Wikispecies, Wikidata, Wikivoyage and Meta-Wiki are pending trademark registration or are registered trademarks of Wikimedia Foundation. </div> Para mais informações, veja nossa página de Política de Marcas Registradas, [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy|https://wikimediafoundation.org/wiki/Trademark_Policy]]. Para outras perguntas sobre nossos termos de licenciamento ou política de marcas registradas, envie um e-mail para legal@wikimedia.org. [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] [[Category:Education{{#translation:}}]] pqzynl1hsj57br2l7fig50yz5sjd4oi 1198 71643 278342 271547 2026-08-05T06:21:13Z Eduardogobi 8953 278342 wikitext text/x-wiki Para outras perguntas sobre nossos termos de licenciamento ou política de marcas registradas, envie um e-mail para $1. fviqnq3x72ko75jmavxrfq0h0vumqda 0 72663 278367 278265 2026-08-05T06:29:47Z Eduardogobi 8953 278367 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. :) {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''Quero…'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <span id="Start_a_new_education_program"></span> == Iniciar um novo programa educacional == {{anchor|start}} A primeira coisa a fazer é verificar se é necessário um novo programa educacional. Consulte [[Education/Community/Countries|nossa página de países]] para ver se já existe um programa na sua região. Caso não haja, continue lendo. <span id="Create_a_program_plan"></span> === Criar um plano de programa === Desenvolvemos um guia passo a passo para planejar um projeto piloto de um novo programa educacional. Ao longo de quatro módulos, você poderá elaborar um plano estratégico diretamente na wiki que leve em conta o tempo e os recursos disponíveis, estabeleça critérios mensuráveis de sucesso e identifique o que será necessário fazer para colocá-lo em prática. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar um projeto educacional do zero, comece o treinamento abaixo. Você também pode consultar [[Education/Archive/Program plans|outros planos de programa]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|<span class="mw-translate-fuzzy">[[$starting|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais</span>]]</span>]]</span> <span id="Consult_the_toolkit"></span> === Consultar o ''kit'' de ferramentas === Também desenvolvemos um ''kit'' de ferramentas para programas educacionais, que constitui um guia introdutório muito útil sobre os desafios e soluções dos programas educacionais. O ''kit'' compartilha as melhores práticas extraídas das experiências de líderes de programas da Wikimedia em todo o mundo. Ele reúne o conhecimento compartilhado por eles, contém recursos e estratégias, e tem como objetivo servir de modelo para a elaboração de programas educacionais de sucesso. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar, planejar, administrar ou avaliar um programa educacional, esse ''kit'' irá mostrar o que funciona. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit|Saiba mais aqui]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|<span class="mw-translate-fuzzy">[[$eduprokit|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional</span>]]</span>]]</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Support an existing program == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> With dozens of existing programs, there is a lot to do! Below, you'll find some ideas. If you aren't sure how to help, you can contact the program directly or contact staff. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Become an online ambassador === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia Education Programs rely on friendly, helpful experienced editors fluent in the language of the program they support - we call these people [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/A–Z#Ambassadors|"Wikipedia Ambassadors"]]. Here, we offer training for people interested in this role, which is described in more detail at [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors|Ambassadors]]. This training covers largely the same material as the "for educators" training, with slight difference tailored to people helping with courses rather than leading (and grading) them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for ambassadors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Translate program resources === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia movement is global with readers in hundreds of languages and thousands of multilingual contributors. If you are fluent in more than one language and are willing to translate, you can support the Wikipedia Education Program by translating pages on this portal, including our monthly community-led [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/News|newsletter]], along with other educational and informational materials that we are developing. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|This page]] has more general information about translation on the Wikimedia projects. If you are interested in becoming a new translator, [[m:Meta:Babylon|Meta:Babylon]] is a good place to begin. There is a section there on getting started which includes some important links, and there is also a section on communication that tells you how to get in touch with other translators, who may be able to give you specifics about the work. We recommend reading the tutorial linked from the "getting started" section before beginning, if you choose to pitch in. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Meta:Babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Get started translating</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Transfer on-wiki training === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Install the Education Program Extension === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Teach with Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|teach}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[wmf:Our projects|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design|Read about assignment design.]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Reach out to educators == </div> {{anchor|reachout}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|learn}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </div> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] fxjdtjd7vbt5s3i9qwznsl1fmfdn72r 278369 278367 2026-08-05T06:30:30Z Eduardogobi 8953 278369 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. :) {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''Quero…'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <span id="Start_a_new_education_program"></span> == Iniciar um novo programa educacional == {{anchor|start}} A primeira coisa a fazer é verificar se é necessário um novo programa educacional. Consulte [[Education/Community/Countries|nossa página de países]] para ver se já existe um programa na sua região. Caso não haja, continue lendo. <span id="Create_a_program_plan"></span> === Criar um plano de programa === Desenvolvemos um guia passo a passo para planejar um projeto piloto de um novo programa educacional. Ao longo de quatro módulos, você poderá elaborar um plano estratégico diretamente na wiki que leve em conta o tempo e os recursos disponíveis, estabeleça critérios mensuráveis de sucesso e identifique o que será necessário fazer para colocá-lo em prática. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar um projeto educacional do zero, comece o treinamento abaixo. Você também pode consultar [[Education/Archive/Program plans|outros planos de programa]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais]]</span> <span id="Consult_the_toolkit"></span> === Consultar o ''kit'' de ferramentas === Também desenvolvemos um ''kit'' de ferramentas para programas educacionais, que constitui um guia introdutório muito útil sobre os desafios e soluções dos programas educacionais. O ''kit'' compartilha as melhores práticas extraídas das experiências de líderes de programas da Wikimedia em todo o mundo. Ele reúne o conhecimento compartilhado por eles, contém recursos e estratégias, e tem como objetivo servir de modelo para a elaboração de programas educacionais de sucesso. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar, planejar, administrar ou avaliar um programa educacional, esse ''kit'' irá mostrar o que funciona. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit|Saiba mais aqui]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|<span class="mw-translate-fuzzy">[[$eduprokit|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional</span>]]</span>]]</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Support an existing program == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> With dozens of existing programs, there is a lot to do! Below, you'll find some ideas. If you aren't sure how to help, you can contact the program directly or contact staff. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Become an online ambassador === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia Education Programs rely on friendly, helpful experienced editors fluent in the language of the program they support - we call these people [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/A–Z#Ambassadors|"Wikipedia Ambassadors"]]. Here, we offer training for people interested in this role, which is described in more detail at [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors|Ambassadors]]. This training covers largely the same material as the "for educators" training, with slight difference tailored to people helping with courses rather than leading (and grading) them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for ambassadors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Translate program resources === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia movement is global with readers in hundreds of languages and thousands of multilingual contributors. If you are fluent in more than one language and are willing to translate, you can support the Wikipedia Education Program by translating pages on this portal, including our monthly community-led [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/News|newsletter]], along with other educational and informational materials that we are developing. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|This page]] has more general information about translation on the Wikimedia projects. If you are interested in becoming a new translator, [[m:Meta:Babylon|Meta:Babylon]] is a good place to begin. There is a section there on getting started which includes some important links, and there is also a section on communication that tells you how to get in touch with other translators, who may be able to give you specifics about the work. We recommend reading the tutorial linked from the "getting started" section before beginning, if you choose to pitch in. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Meta:Babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Get started translating</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Transfer on-wiki training === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Install the Education Program Extension === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Teach with Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|teach}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[wmf:Our projects|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design|Read about assignment design.]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Reach out to educators == </div> {{anchor|reachout}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|learn}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </div> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] m7q20wagwkedhyyxs10oeaguzog3epl 278371 278369 2026-08-05T06:30:56Z Eduardogobi 8953 278371 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. :) {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''Quero…'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <span id="Start_a_new_education_program"></span> == Iniciar um novo programa educacional == {{anchor|start}} A primeira coisa a fazer é verificar se é necessário um novo programa educacional. Consulte [[Education/Community/Countries|nossa página de países]] para ver se já existe um programa na sua região. Caso não haja, continue lendo. <span id="Create_a_program_plan"></span> === Criar um plano de programa === Desenvolvemos um guia passo a passo para planejar um projeto piloto de um novo programa educacional. Ao longo de quatro módulos, você poderá elaborar um plano estratégico diretamente na wiki que leve em conta o tempo e os recursos disponíveis, estabeleça critérios mensuráveis de sucesso e identifique o que será necessário fazer para colocá-lo em prática. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar um projeto educacional do zero, comece o treinamento abaixo. Você também pode consultar [[Education/Archive/Program plans|outros planos de programa]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais]]</span> <span id="Consult_the_toolkit"></span> === Consultar o ''kit'' de ferramentas === Também desenvolvemos um ''kit'' de ferramentas para programas educacionais, que constitui um guia introdutório muito útil sobre os desafios e soluções dos programas educacionais. O ''kit'' compartilha as melhores práticas extraídas das experiências de líderes de programas da Wikimedia em todo o mundo. Ele reúne o conhecimento compartilhado por eles, contém recursos e estratégias, e tem como objetivo servir de modelo para a elaboração de programas educacionais de sucesso. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar, planejar, administrar ou avaliar um programa educacional, esse ''kit'' irá mostrar o que funciona. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit|Saiba mais aqui]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional]]</span> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Support an existing program == </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> With dozens of existing programs, there is a lot to do! Below, you'll find some ideas. If you aren't sure how to help, you can contact the program directly or contact staff. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Become an online ambassador === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia Education Programs rely on friendly, helpful experienced editors fluent in the language of the program they support - we call these people [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/A–Z#Ambassadors|"Wikipedia Ambassadors"]]. Here, we offer training for people interested in this role, which is described in more detail at [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors|Ambassadors]]. This training covers largely the same material as the "for educators" training, with slight difference tailored to people helping with courses rather than leading (and grading) them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for ambassadors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Translate program resources === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia movement is global with readers in hundreds of languages and thousands of multilingual contributors. If you are fluent in more than one language and are willing to translate, you can support the Wikipedia Education Program by translating pages on this portal, including our monthly community-led [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/News|newsletter]], along with other educational and informational materials that we are developing. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|This page]] has more general information about translation on the Wikimedia projects. If you are interested in becoming a new translator, [[m:Meta:Babylon|Meta:Babylon]] is a good place to begin. There is a section there on getting started which includes some important links, and there is also a section on communication that tells you how to get in touch with other translators, who may be able to give you specifics about the work. We recommend reading the tutorial linked from the "getting started" section before beginning, if you choose to pitch in. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Meta:Babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Get started translating</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Transfer on-wiki training === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Install the Education Program Extension === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Teach with Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|teach}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[wmf:Our projects|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design|Read about assignment design.]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Reach out to educators == </div> {{anchor|reachout}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|learn}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </div> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] n02c91mambun9d94lbrft3p46uolnrs 278373 278371 2026-08-05T06:31:45Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "== Apoiar um programa existente ==" 278373 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. :) {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''Quero…'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <span id="Start_a_new_education_program"></span> == Iniciar um novo programa educacional == {{anchor|start}} A primeira coisa a fazer é verificar se é necessário um novo programa educacional. Consulte [[Education/Community/Countries|nossa página de países]] para ver se já existe um programa na sua região. Caso não haja, continue lendo. <span id="Create_a_program_plan"></span> === Criar um plano de programa === Desenvolvemos um guia passo a passo para planejar um projeto piloto de um novo programa educacional. Ao longo de quatro módulos, você poderá elaborar um plano estratégico diretamente na wiki que leve em conta o tempo e os recursos disponíveis, estabeleça critérios mensuráveis de sucesso e identifique o que será necessário fazer para colocá-lo em prática. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar um projeto educacional do zero, comece o treinamento abaixo. Você também pode consultar [[Education/Archive/Program plans|outros planos de programa]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais]]</span> <span id="Consult_the_toolkit"></span> === Consultar o ''kit'' de ferramentas === Também desenvolvemos um ''kit'' de ferramentas para programas educacionais, que constitui um guia introdutório muito útil sobre os desafios e soluções dos programas educacionais. O ''kit'' compartilha as melhores práticas extraídas das experiências de líderes de programas da Wikimedia em todo o mundo. Ele reúne o conhecimento compartilhado por eles, contém recursos e estratégias, e tem como objetivo servir de modelo para a elaboração de programas educacionais de sucesso. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar, planejar, administrar ou avaliar um programa educacional, esse ''kit'' irá mostrar o que funciona. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit|Saiba mais aqui]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional]]</span> <span id="Support_an_existing_program"></span> == Apoiar um programa existente == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> With dozens of existing programs, there is a lot to do! Below, you'll find some ideas. If you aren't sure how to help, you can contact the program directly or contact staff. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Become an online ambassador === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia Education Programs rely on friendly, helpful experienced editors fluent in the language of the program they support - we call these people [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/A–Z#Ambassadors|"Wikipedia Ambassadors"]]. Here, we offer training for people interested in this role, which is described in more detail at [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors|Ambassadors]]. This training covers largely the same material as the "for educators" training, with slight difference tailored to people helping with courses rather than leading (and grading) them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for ambassadors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Translate program resources === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia movement is global with readers in hundreds of languages and thousands of multilingual contributors. If you are fluent in more than one language and are willing to translate, you can support the Wikipedia Education Program by translating pages on this portal, including our monthly community-led [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/News|newsletter]], along with other educational and informational materials that we are developing. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|This page]] has more general information about translation on the Wikimedia projects. If you are interested in becoming a new translator, [[m:Meta:Babylon|Meta:Babylon]] is a good place to begin. There is a section there on getting started which includes some important links, and there is also a section on communication that tells you how to get in touch with other translators, who may be able to give you specifics about the work. We recommend reading the tutorial linked from the "getting started" section before beginning, if you choose to pitch in. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Meta:Babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Get started translating</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Transfer on-wiki training === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Install the Education Program Extension === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Teach with Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|teach}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[wmf:Our projects|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design|Read about assignment design.]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Reach out to educators == </div> {{anchor|reachout}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|learn}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </div> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] 6jtbbdij89006xamao2hyzwhy6u9eeh 278375 278373 2026-08-05T06:32:18Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Com dezenas de programas em andamento, há muito o que fazer! Abaixo, você encontrará algumas ideias. Se não souber como ajudar, entre em contato diretamente com o programa ou com a equipe." 278375 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. :) {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''Quero…'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <span id="Start_a_new_education_program"></span> == Iniciar um novo programa educacional == {{anchor|start}} A primeira coisa a fazer é verificar se é necessário um novo programa educacional. Consulte [[Education/Community/Countries|nossa página de países]] para ver se já existe um programa na sua região. Caso não haja, continue lendo. <span id="Create_a_program_plan"></span> === Criar um plano de programa === Desenvolvemos um guia passo a passo para planejar um projeto piloto de um novo programa educacional. Ao longo de quatro módulos, você poderá elaborar um plano estratégico diretamente na wiki que leve em conta o tempo e os recursos disponíveis, estabeleça critérios mensuráveis de sucesso e identifique o que será necessário fazer para colocá-lo em prática. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar um projeto educacional do zero, comece o treinamento abaixo. Você também pode consultar [[Education/Archive/Program plans|outros planos de programa]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais]]</span> <span id="Consult_the_toolkit"></span> === Consultar o ''kit'' de ferramentas === Também desenvolvemos um ''kit'' de ferramentas para programas educacionais, que constitui um guia introdutório muito útil sobre os desafios e soluções dos programas educacionais. O ''kit'' compartilha as melhores práticas extraídas das experiências de líderes de programas da Wikimedia em todo o mundo. Ele reúne o conhecimento compartilhado por eles, contém recursos e estratégias, e tem como objetivo servir de modelo para a elaboração de programas educacionais de sucesso. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar, planejar, administrar ou avaliar um programa educacional, esse ''kit'' irá mostrar o que funciona. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit|Saiba mais aqui]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional]]</span> <span id="Support_an_existing_program"></span> == Apoiar um programa existente == Com dezenas de programas em andamento, há muito o que fazer! Abaixo, você encontrará algumas ideias. Se não souber como ajudar, entre em contato diretamente com o programa ou com a equipe. <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Become an online ambassador === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia Education Programs rely on friendly, helpful experienced editors fluent in the language of the program they support - we call these people [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/A–Z#Ambassadors|"Wikipedia Ambassadors"]]. Here, we offer training for people interested in this role, which is described in more detail at [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors|Ambassadors]]. This training covers largely the same material as the "for educators" training, with slight difference tailored to people helping with courses rather than leading (and grading) them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for ambassadors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Translate program resources === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia movement is global with readers in hundreds of languages and thousands of multilingual contributors. If you are fluent in more than one language and are willing to translate, you can support the Wikipedia Education Program by translating pages on this portal, including our monthly community-led [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/News|newsletter]], along with other educational and informational materials that we are developing. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|This page]] has more general information about translation on the Wikimedia projects. If you are interested in becoming a new translator, [[m:Meta:Babylon|Meta:Babylon]] is a good place to begin. There is a section there on getting started which includes some important links, and there is also a section on communication that tells you how to get in touch with other translators, who may be able to give you specifics about the work. We recommend reading the tutorial linked from the "getting started" section before beginning, if you choose to pitch in. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Meta:Babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Get started translating</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Transfer on-wiki training === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Install the Education Program Extension === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Teach with Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|teach}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[wmf:Our projects|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design|Read about assignment design.]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Reach out to educators == </div> {{anchor|reachout}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|learn}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </div> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] 3u86t2r4fnz1ndvnm55y3qnhxrlfm4v 278377 278375 2026-08-05T06:32:37Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "=== Tornar-se um embaixador virtual ===" 278377 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. :) {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''Quero…'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <span id="Start_a_new_education_program"></span> == Iniciar um novo programa educacional == {{anchor|start}} A primeira coisa a fazer é verificar se é necessário um novo programa educacional. Consulte [[Education/Community/Countries|nossa página de países]] para ver se já existe um programa na sua região. Caso não haja, continue lendo. <span id="Create_a_program_plan"></span> === Criar um plano de programa === Desenvolvemos um guia passo a passo para planejar um projeto piloto de um novo programa educacional. Ao longo de quatro módulos, você poderá elaborar um plano estratégico diretamente na wiki que leve em conta o tempo e os recursos disponíveis, estabeleça critérios mensuráveis de sucesso e identifique o que será necessário fazer para colocá-lo em prática. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar um projeto educacional do zero, comece o treinamento abaixo. Você também pode consultar [[Education/Archive/Program plans|outros planos de programa]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais]]</span> <span id="Consult_the_toolkit"></span> === Consultar o ''kit'' de ferramentas === Também desenvolvemos um ''kit'' de ferramentas para programas educacionais, que constitui um guia introdutório muito útil sobre os desafios e soluções dos programas educacionais. O ''kit'' compartilha as melhores práticas extraídas das experiências de líderes de programas da Wikimedia em todo o mundo. Ele reúne o conhecimento compartilhado por eles, contém recursos e estratégias, e tem como objetivo servir de modelo para a elaboração de programas educacionais de sucesso. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar, planejar, administrar ou avaliar um programa educacional, esse ''kit'' irá mostrar o que funciona. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit|Saiba mais aqui]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional]]</span> <span id="Support_an_existing_program"></span> == Apoiar um programa existente == Com dezenas de programas em andamento, há muito o que fazer! Abaixo, você encontrará algumas ideias. Se não souber como ajudar, entre em contato diretamente com o programa ou com a equipe. <span id="Become_an_online_ambassador"></span> === Tornar-se um embaixador virtual === <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia Education Programs rely on friendly, helpful experienced editors fluent in the language of the program they support - we call these people [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/A–Z#Ambassadors|"Wikipedia Ambassadors"]]. Here, we offer training for people interested in this role, which is described in more detail at [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors|Ambassadors]]. This training covers largely the same material as the "for educators" training, with slight difference tailored to people helping with courses rather than leading (and grading) them. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for ambassadors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Translate program resources === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia movement is global with readers in hundreds of languages and thousands of multilingual contributors. If you are fluent in more than one language and are willing to translate, you can support the Wikipedia Education Program by translating pages on this portal, including our monthly community-led [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/News|newsletter]], along with other educational and informational materials that we are developing. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|This page]] has more general information about translation on the Wikimedia projects. If you are interested in becoming a new translator, [[m:Meta:Babylon|Meta:Babylon]] is a good place to begin. There is a section there on getting started which includes some important links, and there is also a section on communication that tells you how to get in touch with other translators, who may be able to give you specifics about the work. We recommend reading the tutorial linked from the "getting started" section before beginning, if you choose to pitch in. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Meta:Babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Get started translating</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Transfer on-wiki training === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Install the Education Program Extension === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Teach with Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|teach}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[wmf:Our projects|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design|Read about assignment design.]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Reach out to educators == </div> {{anchor|reachout}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|learn}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </div> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] 2juabit2xv5abkod3cx36srh71zrlje 278379 278377 2026-08-05T06:33:47Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Os Programas Educacionais da Wikipédia contam com editores experientes, simpáticos e prestativos, fluentes no idioma do programa que apoiam — chamamos essas pessoas de [[$a-z|“Embaixadores da Wikipédia”]]. Aqui, oferecemos treinamento para pessoas interessadas nessa função, descrita com mais detalhes em [[$ambassadors|Embaixadores]]. Esse treinamento abrange, em grande parte, o mesmo conteúdo do treinamento “para educadores”, com pequenas diferenças adap..." 278379 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. :) {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''Quero…'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <span id="Start_a_new_education_program"></span> == Iniciar um novo programa educacional == {{anchor|start}} A primeira coisa a fazer é verificar se é necessário um novo programa educacional. Consulte [[Education/Community/Countries|nossa página de países]] para ver se já existe um programa na sua região. Caso não haja, continue lendo. <span id="Create_a_program_plan"></span> === Criar um plano de programa === Desenvolvemos um guia passo a passo para planejar um projeto piloto de um novo programa educacional. Ao longo de quatro módulos, você poderá elaborar um plano estratégico diretamente na wiki que leve em conta o tempo e os recursos disponíveis, estabeleça critérios mensuráveis de sucesso e identifique o que será necessário fazer para colocá-lo em prática. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar um projeto educacional do zero, comece o treinamento abaixo. Você também pode consultar [[Education/Archive/Program plans|outros planos de programa]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais]]</span> <span id="Consult_the_toolkit"></span> === Consultar o ''kit'' de ferramentas === Também desenvolvemos um ''kit'' de ferramentas para programas educacionais, que constitui um guia introdutório muito útil sobre os desafios e soluções dos programas educacionais. O ''kit'' compartilha as melhores práticas extraídas das experiências de líderes de programas da Wikimedia em todo o mundo. Ele reúne o conhecimento compartilhado por eles, contém recursos e estratégias, e tem como objetivo servir de modelo para a elaboração de programas educacionais de sucesso. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar, planejar, administrar ou avaliar um programa educacional, esse ''kit'' irá mostrar o que funciona. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit|Saiba mais aqui]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional]]</span> <span id="Support_an_existing_program"></span> == Apoiar um programa existente == Com dezenas de programas em andamento, há muito o que fazer! Abaixo, você encontrará algumas ideias. Se não souber como ajudar, entre em contato diretamente com o programa ou com a equipe. <span id="Become_an_online_ambassador"></span> === Tornar-se um embaixador virtual === Os Programas Educacionais da Wikipédia contam com editores experientes, simpáticos e prestativos, fluentes no idioma do programa que apoiam — chamamos essas pessoas de [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/A–Z#Ambassadors|“Embaixadores da Wikipédia”]]. Aqui, oferecemos treinamento para pessoas interessadas nessa função, descrita com mais detalhes em [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors|Embaixadores]]. Esse treinamento abrange, em grande parte, o mesmo conteúdo do treinamento “para educadores”, com pequenas diferenças adaptadas para pessoas que auxiliam nos cursos, em vez de ministrá-los (e avaliá-los). <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for ambassadors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Translate program resources === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia movement is global with readers in hundreds of languages and thousands of multilingual contributors. If you are fluent in more than one language and are willing to translate, you can support the Wikipedia Education Program by translating pages on this portal, including our monthly community-led [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/News|newsletter]], along with other educational and informational materials that we are developing. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|This page]] has more general information about translation on the Wikimedia projects. If you are interested in becoming a new translator, [[m:Meta:Babylon|Meta:Babylon]] is a good place to begin. There is a section there on getting started which includes some important links, and there is also a section on communication that tells you how to get in touch with other translators, who may be able to give you specifics about the work. We recommend reading the tutorial linked from the "getting started" section before beginning, if you choose to pitch in. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Meta:Babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Get started translating</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Transfer on-wiki training === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Install the Education Program Extension === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Teach with Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|teach}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[wmf:Our projects|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design|Read about assignment design.]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Reach out to educators == </div> {{anchor|reachout}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|learn}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </div> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] rzy6qt2izxmq0jvayvcfx21r9x5t7jx 278381 278379 2026-08-05T06:34:04Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "[[$training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Treinamento para embaixadores</span>]]" 278381 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. :) {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''Quero…'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <span id="Start_a_new_education_program"></span> == Iniciar um novo programa educacional == {{anchor|start}} A primeira coisa a fazer é verificar se é necessário um novo programa educacional. Consulte [[Education/Community/Countries|nossa página de países]] para ver se já existe um programa na sua região. Caso não haja, continue lendo. <span id="Create_a_program_plan"></span> === Criar um plano de programa === Desenvolvemos um guia passo a passo para planejar um projeto piloto de um novo programa educacional. Ao longo de quatro módulos, você poderá elaborar um plano estratégico diretamente na wiki que leve em conta o tempo e os recursos disponíveis, estabeleça critérios mensuráveis de sucesso e identifique o que será necessário fazer para colocá-lo em prática. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar um projeto educacional do zero, comece o treinamento abaixo. Você também pode consultar [[Education/Archive/Program plans|outros planos de programa]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais]]</span> <span id="Consult_the_toolkit"></span> === Consultar o ''kit'' de ferramentas === Também desenvolvemos um ''kit'' de ferramentas para programas educacionais, que constitui um guia introdutório muito útil sobre os desafios e soluções dos programas educacionais. O ''kit'' compartilha as melhores práticas extraídas das experiências de líderes de programas da Wikimedia em todo o mundo. Ele reúne o conhecimento compartilhado por eles, contém recursos e estratégias, e tem como objetivo servir de modelo para a elaboração de programas educacionais de sucesso. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar, planejar, administrar ou avaliar um programa educacional, esse ''kit'' irá mostrar o que funciona. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit|Saiba mais aqui]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional]]</span> <span id="Support_an_existing_program"></span> == Apoiar um programa existente == Com dezenas de programas em andamento, há muito o que fazer! Abaixo, você encontrará algumas ideias. Se não souber como ajudar, entre em contato diretamente com o programa ou com a equipe. <span id="Become_an_online_ambassador"></span> === Tornar-se um embaixador virtual === Os Programas Educacionais da Wikipédia contam com editores experientes, simpáticos e prestativos, fluentes no idioma do programa que apoiam — chamamos essas pessoas de [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/A–Z#Ambassadors|“Embaixadores da Wikipédia”]]. Aqui, oferecemos treinamento para pessoas interessadas nessa função, descrita com mais detalhes em [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors|Embaixadores]]. Esse treinamento abrange, em grande parte, o mesmo conteúdo do treinamento “para educadores”, com pequenas diferenças adaptadas para pessoas que auxiliam nos cursos, em vez de ministrá-los (e avaliá-los). [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Treinamento para embaixadores</span>]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Translate program resources === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia movement is global with readers in hundreds of languages and thousands of multilingual contributors. If you are fluent in more than one language and are willing to translate, you can support the Wikipedia Education Program by translating pages on this portal, including our monthly community-led [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/News|newsletter]], along with other educational and informational materials that we are developing. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|This page]] has more general information about translation on the Wikimedia projects. If you are interested in becoming a new translator, [[m:Meta:Babylon|Meta:Babylon]] is a good place to begin. There is a section there on getting started which includes some important links, and there is also a section on communication that tells you how to get in touch with other translators, who may be able to give you specifics about the work. We recommend reading the tutorial linked from the "getting started" section before beginning, if you choose to pitch in. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Meta:Babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Get started translating</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Transfer on-wiki training === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Install the Education Program Extension === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Teach with Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|teach}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[wmf:Our projects|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design|Read about assignment design.]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Reach out to educators == </div> {{anchor|reachout}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|learn}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </div> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] 83vleaw72hbu2b2ajd3oa0qt8nqd9z7 278383 278381 2026-08-05T06:38:57Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "=== Traduzir recursos dos programas ===" 278383 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. :) {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''Quero…'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <span id="Start_a_new_education_program"></span> == Iniciar um novo programa educacional == {{anchor|start}} A primeira coisa a fazer é verificar se é necessário um novo programa educacional. Consulte [[Education/Community/Countries|nossa página de países]] para ver se já existe um programa na sua região. Caso não haja, continue lendo. <span id="Create_a_program_plan"></span> === Criar um plano de programa === Desenvolvemos um guia passo a passo para planejar um projeto piloto de um novo programa educacional. Ao longo de quatro módulos, você poderá elaborar um plano estratégico diretamente na wiki que leve em conta o tempo e os recursos disponíveis, estabeleça critérios mensuráveis de sucesso e identifique o que será necessário fazer para colocá-lo em prática. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar um projeto educacional do zero, comece o treinamento abaixo. Você também pode consultar [[Education/Archive/Program plans|outros planos de programa]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais]]</span> <span id="Consult_the_toolkit"></span> === Consultar o ''kit'' de ferramentas === Também desenvolvemos um ''kit'' de ferramentas para programas educacionais, que constitui um guia introdutório muito útil sobre os desafios e soluções dos programas educacionais. O ''kit'' compartilha as melhores práticas extraídas das experiências de líderes de programas da Wikimedia em todo o mundo. Ele reúne o conhecimento compartilhado por eles, contém recursos e estratégias, e tem como objetivo servir de modelo para a elaboração de programas educacionais de sucesso. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar, planejar, administrar ou avaliar um programa educacional, esse ''kit'' irá mostrar o que funciona. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit|Saiba mais aqui]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional]]</span> <span id="Support_an_existing_program"></span> == Apoiar um programa existente == Com dezenas de programas em andamento, há muito o que fazer! Abaixo, você encontrará algumas ideias. Se não souber como ajudar, entre em contato diretamente com o programa ou com a equipe. <span id="Become_an_online_ambassador"></span> === Tornar-se um embaixador virtual === Os Programas Educacionais da Wikipédia contam com editores experientes, simpáticos e prestativos, fluentes no idioma do programa que apoiam — chamamos essas pessoas de [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/A–Z#Ambassadors|“Embaixadores da Wikipédia”]]. Aqui, oferecemos treinamento para pessoas interessadas nessa função, descrita com mais detalhes em [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors|Embaixadores]]. Esse treinamento abrange, em grande parte, o mesmo conteúdo do treinamento “para educadores”, com pequenas diferenças adaptadas para pessoas que auxiliam nos cursos, em vez de ministrá-los (e avaliá-los). [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Treinamento para embaixadores</span>]] <span id="Translate_program_resources"></span> === Traduzir recursos dos programas === <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikimedia movement is global with readers in hundreds of languages and thousands of multilingual contributors. If you are fluent in more than one language and are willing to translate, you can support the Wikipedia Education Program by translating pages on this portal, including our monthly community-led [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/News|newsletter]], along with other educational and informational materials that we are developing. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|This page]] has more general information about translation on the Wikimedia projects. If you are interested in becoming a new translator, [[m:Meta:Babylon|Meta:Babylon]] is a good place to begin. There is a section there on getting started which includes some important links, and there is also a section on communication that tells you how to get in touch with other translators, who may be able to give you specifics about the work. We recommend reading the tutorial linked from the "getting started" section before beginning, if you choose to pitch in. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Meta:Babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Get started translating</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Transfer on-wiki training === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Install the Education Program Extension === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Teach with Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|teach}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[wmf:Our projects|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design|Read about assignment design.]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Reach out to educators == </div> {{anchor|reachout}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|learn}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </div> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] 5dtijlq3ld6zjnrddua7ggafkf6nga2 278385 278383 2026-08-05T06:42:47Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "O movimento Wikimedia é global, com leitores em centenas de idiomas e milhares de colaboradores multilíngues. Se você é fluente em mais de um idioma e está disposto a traduzir, apoie o Programa Educacional da Wikipédia traduzindo páginas deste portal, incluindo nosso [[$news|boletim informativo]] mensal elaborado pela comunidade, além de outros materiais educacionais e informativos que estamos desenvolvendo. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|Esta página]] contém..." 278385 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. :) {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''Quero…'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <span id="Start_a_new_education_program"></span> == Iniciar um novo programa educacional == {{anchor|start}} A primeira coisa a fazer é verificar se é necessário um novo programa educacional. Consulte [[Education/Community/Countries|nossa página de países]] para ver se já existe um programa na sua região. Caso não haja, continue lendo. <span id="Create_a_program_plan"></span> === Criar um plano de programa === Desenvolvemos um guia passo a passo para planejar um projeto piloto de um novo programa educacional. Ao longo de quatro módulos, você poderá elaborar um plano estratégico diretamente na wiki que leve em conta o tempo e os recursos disponíveis, estabeleça critérios mensuráveis de sucesso e identifique o que será necessário fazer para colocá-lo em prática. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar um projeto educacional do zero, comece o treinamento abaixo. Você também pode consultar [[Education/Archive/Program plans|outros planos de programa]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais]]</span> <span id="Consult_the_toolkit"></span> === Consultar o ''kit'' de ferramentas === Também desenvolvemos um ''kit'' de ferramentas para programas educacionais, que constitui um guia introdutório muito útil sobre os desafios e soluções dos programas educacionais. O ''kit'' compartilha as melhores práticas extraídas das experiências de líderes de programas da Wikimedia em todo o mundo. Ele reúne o conhecimento compartilhado por eles, contém recursos e estratégias, e tem como objetivo servir de modelo para a elaboração de programas educacionais de sucesso. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar, planejar, administrar ou avaliar um programa educacional, esse ''kit'' irá mostrar o que funciona. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit|Saiba mais aqui]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional]]</span> <span id="Support_an_existing_program"></span> == Apoiar um programa existente == Com dezenas de programas em andamento, há muito o que fazer! Abaixo, você encontrará algumas ideias. Se não souber como ajudar, entre em contato diretamente com o programa ou com a equipe. <span id="Become_an_online_ambassador"></span> === Tornar-se um embaixador virtual === Os Programas Educacionais da Wikipédia contam com editores experientes, simpáticos e prestativos, fluentes no idioma do programa que apoiam — chamamos essas pessoas de [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/A–Z#Ambassadors|“Embaixadores da Wikipédia”]]. Aqui, oferecemos treinamento para pessoas interessadas nessa função, descrita com mais detalhes em [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors|Embaixadores]]. Esse treinamento abrange, em grande parte, o mesmo conteúdo do treinamento “para educadores”, com pequenas diferenças adaptadas para pessoas que auxiliam nos cursos, em vez de ministrá-los (e avaliá-los). [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Treinamento para embaixadores</span>]] <span id="Translate_program_resources"></span> === Traduzir recursos dos programas === O movimento Wikimedia é global, com leitores em centenas de idiomas e milhares de colaboradores multilíngues. Se você é fluente em mais de um idioma e está disposto a traduzir, apoie o Programa Educacional da Wikipédia traduzindo páginas deste portal, incluindo nosso [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/News|boletim informativo]] mensal elaborado pela comunidade, além de outros materiais educacionais e informativos que estamos desenvolvendo. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|Esta página]] contém informações gerais sobre tradução nos projetos da Wikimedia. Se você estiver interessado em se tornar um novo tradutor, [[m:Meta:Babylon|Meta:Babylon]] é um bom lugar para começar. Há uma seção sobre como começar, que inclui algumas ligações importantes, e também há uma seção sobre comunicação que explica como entrar em contato com outros tradutores, que poderão lhe dar detalhes sobre o trabalho. Recomendamos que você leia o tutorial cuja ligação está na seção “introdução” antes de começar, caso decida participar. <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Meta:Babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Get started translating</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Transfer on-wiki training === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Install the Education Program Extension === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Teach with Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|teach}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[wmf:Our projects|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design|Read about assignment design.]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Reach out to educators == </div> {{anchor|reachout}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|learn}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </div> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] el4gfd114bmuple4a07vysk682felmm 278387 278385 2026-08-05T06:43:02Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "[[$babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Começar a traduzir</span>]]" 278387 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. :) {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''Quero…'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <span id="Start_a_new_education_program"></span> == Iniciar um novo programa educacional == {{anchor|start}} A primeira coisa a fazer é verificar se é necessário um novo programa educacional. Consulte [[Education/Community/Countries|nossa página de países]] para ver se já existe um programa na sua região. Caso não haja, continue lendo. <span id="Create_a_program_plan"></span> === Criar um plano de programa === Desenvolvemos um guia passo a passo para planejar um projeto piloto de um novo programa educacional. Ao longo de quatro módulos, você poderá elaborar um plano estratégico diretamente na wiki que leve em conta o tempo e os recursos disponíveis, estabeleça critérios mensuráveis de sucesso e identifique o que será necessário fazer para colocá-lo em prática. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar um projeto educacional do zero, comece o treinamento abaixo. Você também pode consultar [[Education/Archive/Program plans|outros planos de programa]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais]]</span> <span id="Consult_the_toolkit"></span> === Consultar o ''kit'' de ferramentas === Também desenvolvemos um ''kit'' de ferramentas para programas educacionais, que constitui um guia introdutório muito útil sobre os desafios e soluções dos programas educacionais. O ''kit'' compartilha as melhores práticas extraídas das experiências de líderes de programas da Wikimedia em todo o mundo. Ele reúne o conhecimento compartilhado por eles, contém recursos e estratégias, e tem como objetivo servir de modelo para a elaboração de programas educacionais de sucesso. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar, planejar, administrar ou avaliar um programa educacional, esse ''kit'' irá mostrar o que funciona. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit|Saiba mais aqui]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional]]</span> <span id="Support_an_existing_program"></span> == Apoiar um programa existente == Com dezenas de programas em andamento, há muito o que fazer! Abaixo, você encontrará algumas ideias. Se não souber como ajudar, entre em contato diretamente com o programa ou com a equipe. <span id="Become_an_online_ambassador"></span> === Tornar-se um embaixador virtual === Os Programas Educacionais da Wikipédia contam com editores experientes, simpáticos e prestativos, fluentes no idioma do programa que apoiam — chamamos essas pessoas de [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/A–Z#Ambassadors|“Embaixadores da Wikipédia”]]. Aqui, oferecemos treinamento para pessoas interessadas nessa função, descrita com mais detalhes em [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors|Embaixadores]]. Esse treinamento abrange, em grande parte, o mesmo conteúdo do treinamento “para educadores”, com pequenas diferenças adaptadas para pessoas que auxiliam nos cursos, em vez de ministrá-los (e avaliá-los). [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Treinamento para embaixadores</span>]] <span id="Translate_program_resources"></span> === Traduzir recursos dos programas === O movimento Wikimedia é global, com leitores em centenas de idiomas e milhares de colaboradores multilíngues. Se você é fluente em mais de um idioma e está disposto a traduzir, apoie o Programa Educacional da Wikipédia traduzindo páginas deste portal, incluindo nosso [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/News|boletim informativo]] mensal elaborado pela comunidade, além de outros materiais educacionais e informativos que estamos desenvolvendo. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|Esta página]] contém informações gerais sobre tradução nos projetos da Wikimedia. Se você estiver interessado em se tornar um novo tradutor, [[m:Meta:Babylon|Meta:Babylon]] é um bom lugar para começar. Há uma seção sobre como começar, que inclui algumas ligações importantes, e também há uma seção sobre comunicação que explica como entrar em contato com outros tradutores, que poderão lhe dar detalhes sobre o trabalho. Recomendamos que você leia o tutorial cuja ligação está na seção “introdução” antes de começar, caso decida participar. [[m:Meta:Babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Começar a traduzir</span>]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Transfer on-wiki training === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Install the Education Program Extension === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Teach with Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|teach}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[wmf:Our projects|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design|Read about assignment design.]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Reach out to educators == </div> {{anchor|reachout}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|learn}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </div> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] l6zj404z18wcp7qjewglyjelbyv1x83 278389 278387 2026-08-05T06:43:33Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "=== Transferir treinamento virtual ===" 278389 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. :) {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''Quero…'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <span id="Start_a_new_education_program"></span> == Iniciar um novo programa educacional == {{anchor|start}} A primeira coisa a fazer é verificar se é necessário um novo programa educacional. Consulte [[Education/Community/Countries|nossa página de países]] para ver se já existe um programa na sua região. Caso não haja, continue lendo. <span id="Create_a_program_plan"></span> === Criar um plano de programa === Desenvolvemos um guia passo a passo para planejar um projeto piloto de um novo programa educacional. Ao longo de quatro módulos, você poderá elaborar um plano estratégico diretamente na wiki que leve em conta o tempo e os recursos disponíveis, estabeleça critérios mensuráveis de sucesso e identifique o que será necessário fazer para colocá-lo em prática. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar um projeto educacional do zero, comece o treinamento abaixo. Você também pode consultar [[Education/Archive/Program plans|outros planos de programa]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais]]</span> <span id="Consult_the_toolkit"></span> === Consultar o ''kit'' de ferramentas === Também desenvolvemos um ''kit'' de ferramentas para programas educacionais, que constitui um guia introdutório muito útil sobre os desafios e soluções dos programas educacionais. O ''kit'' compartilha as melhores práticas extraídas das experiências de líderes de programas da Wikimedia em todo o mundo. Ele reúne o conhecimento compartilhado por eles, contém recursos e estratégias, e tem como objetivo servir de modelo para a elaboração de programas educacionais de sucesso. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar, planejar, administrar ou avaliar um programa educacional, esse ''kit'' irá mostrar o que funciona. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit|Saiba mais aqui]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional]]</span> <span id="Support_an_existing_program"></span> == Apoiar um programa existente == Com dezenas de programas em andamento, há muito o que fazer! Abaixo, você encontrará algumas ideias. Se não souber como ajudar, entre em contato diretamente com o programa ou com a equipe. <span id="Become_an_online_ambassador"></span> === Tornar-se um embaixador virtual === Os Programas Educacionais da Wikipédia contam com editores experientes, simpáticos e prestativos, fluentes no idioma do programa que apoiam — chamamos essas pessoas de [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/A–Z#Ambassadors|“Embaixadores da Wikipédia”]]. Aqui, oferecemos treinamento para pessoas interessadas nessa função, descrita com mais detalhes em [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors|Embaixadores]]. Esse treinamento abrange, em grande parte, o mesmo conteúdo do treinamento “para educadores”, com pequenas diferenças adaptadas para pessoas que auxiliam nos cursos, em vez de ministrá-los (e avaliá-los). [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Treinamento para embaixadores</span>]] <span id="Translate_program_resources"></span> === Traduzir recursos dos programas === O movimento Wikimedia é global, com leitores em centenas de idiomas e milhares de colaboradores multilíngues. Se você é fluente em mais de um idioma e está disposto a traduzir, apoie o Programa Educacional da Wikipédia traduzindo páginas deste portal, incluindo nosso [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/News|boletim informativo]] mensal elaborado pela comunidade, além de outros materiais educacionais e informativos que estamos desenvolvendo. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|Esta página]] contém informações gerais sobre tradução nos projetos da Wikimedia. Se você estiver interessado em se tornar um novo tradutor, [[m:Meta:Babylon|Meta:Babylon]] é um bom lugar para começar. Há uma seção sobre como começar, que inclui algumas ligações importantes, e também há uma seção sobre comunicação que explica como entrar em contato com outros tradutores, que poderão lhe dar detalhes sobre o trabalho. Recomendamos que você leia o tutorial cuja ligação está na seção “introdução” antes de começar, caso decida participar. [[m:Meta:Babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Começar a traduzir</span>]] <span id="Transfer_on-wiki_training"></span> === Transferir treinamento virtual === <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program's on-wiki training modules, which are based on the successful US/Canada Education Program, cover the basics of contributing to Wikipedia for students, educators, and Campus and Online Ambassadors. These trainings, which are located on Meta, are designed to be relatively easy to transfer, or port, to other wikis (such as a specific language version of Wikipedia or another Wikimedia project). There, they can be translated and localized, or customized to meet the needs of that particular wiki. This page on Meta has detailed instructions for setting up the "for students", "for educators", and "for ambassadors" trainings on a new wiki. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Install the Education Program Extension === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Teach with Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|teach}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[wmf:Our projects|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design|Read about assignment design.]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Reach out to educators == </div> {{anchor|reachout}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|learn}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </div> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] tnc6h4nvjteq1owl69rb4swqh6ajgne 278391 278389 2026-08-05T06:45:45Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Os módulos de treinamento virtual do Programa Educacional da Wikipédia, baseados no bem-sucedido Programa Educacional dos EUA/Canadá, abordam os conceitos básicos de como contribuir para a Wikipédia, voltados para estudantes, educadores e Embaixadores em Campi e Online. Esses treinamentos, disponíveis no Meta, foram concebidos para serem relativamente fáceis de transferir, ou portar, para outras wikis (como uma versão da Wikipédia em um idioma específico ou out..." 278391 wikitext text/x-wiki {{EPUC}} <languages /> {{TNT|Education/Navigation|subtab= About}} Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. :) {{Education/Rainbow}}<big><big><big>'''Quero…'''</big></big></big> __TOC__ <span id="Start_a_new_education_program"></span> == Iniciar um novo programa educacional == {{anchor|start}} A primeira coisa a fazer é verificar se é necessário um novo programa educacional. Consulte [[Education/Community/Countries|nossa página de países]] para ver se já existe um programa na sua região. Caso não haja, continue lendo. <span id="Create_a_program_plan"></span> === Criar um plano de programa === Desenvolvemos um guia passo a passo para planejar um projeto piloto de um novo programa educacional. Ao longo de quatro módulos, você poderá elaborar um plano estratégico diretamente na wiki que leve em conta o tempo e os recursos disponíveis, estabeleça critérios mensuráveis de sucesso e identifique o que será necessário fazer para colocá-lo em prática. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar um projeto educacional do zero, comece o treinamento abaixo. Você também pode consultar [[Education/Archive/Program plans|outros planos de programa]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[Wikimedia:Starting an education program|Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais]]</span> <span id="Consult_the_toolkit"></span> === Consultar o ''kit'' de ferramentas === Também desenvolvemos um ''kit'' de ferramentas para programas educacionais, que constitui um guia introdutório muito útil sobre os desafios e soluções dos programas educacionais. O ''kit'' compartilha as melhores práticas extraídas das experiências de líderes de programas da Wikimedia em todo o mundo. Ele reúne o conhecimento compartilhado por eles, contém recursos e estratégias, e tem como objetivo servir de modelo para a elaboração de programas educacionais de sucesso. Se você tiver interesse em iniciar, planejar, administrar ou avaliar um programa educacional, esse ''kit'' irá mostrar o que funciona. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Toolkit|Saiba mais aqui]]. <span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">[[m:Program guides/Education|''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional]]</span> <span id="Support_an_existing_program"></span> == Apoiar um programa existente == Com dezenas de programas em andamento, há muito o que fazer! Abaixo, você encontrará algumas ideias. Se não souber como ajudar, entre em contato diretamente com o programa ou com a equipe. <span id="Become_an_online_ambassador"></span> === Tornar-se um embaixador virtual === Os Programas Educacionais da Wikipédia contam com editores experientes, simpáticos e prestativos, fluentes no idioma do programa que apoiam — chamamos essas pessoas de [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/A–Z#Ambassadors|“Embaixadores da Wikipédia”]]. Aqui, oferecemos treinamento para pessoas interessadas nessa função, descrita com mais detalhes em [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Ambassadors|Embaixadores]]. Esse treinamento abrange, em grande parte, o mesmo conteúdo do treinamento “para educadores”, com pequenas diferenças adaptadas para pessoas que auxiliam nos cursos, em vez de ministrá-los (e avaliá-los). [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for volunteers|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Treinamento para embaixadores</span>]] <span id="Translate_program_resources"></span> === Traduzir recursos dos programas === O movimento Wikimedia é global, com leitores em centenas de idiomas e milhares de colaboradores multilíngues. Se você é fluente em mais de um idioma e está disposto a traduzir, apoie o Programa Educacional da Wikipédia traduzindo páginas deste portal, incluindo nosso [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/News|boletim informativo]] mensal elaborado pela comunidade, além de outros materiais educacionais e informativos que estamos desenvolvendo. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|Esta página]] contém informações gerais sobre tradução nos projetos da Wikimedia. Se você estiver interessado em se tornar um novo tradutor, [[m:Meta:Babylon|Meta:Babylon]] é um bom lugar para começar. Há uma seção sobre como começar, que inclui algumas ligações importantes, e também há uma seção sobre comunicação que explica como entrar em contato com outros tradutores, que poderão lhe dar detalhes sobre o trabalho. Recomendamos que você leia o tutorial cuja ligação está na seção “introdução” antes de começar, caso decida participar. [[m:Meta:Babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Começar a traduzir</span>]] <span id="Transfer_on-wiki_training"></span> === Transferir treinamento virtual === Os módulos de treinamento virtual do Programa Educacional da Wikipédia, baseados no bem-sucedido Programa Educacional dos EUA/Canadá, abordam os conceitos básicos de como contribuir para a Wikipédia, voltados para estudantes, educadores e Embaixadores em Campi e Online. Esses treinamentos, disponíveis no Meta, foram concebidos para serem relativamente fáceis de transferir, ou portar, para outras wikis (como uma versão da Wikipédia em um idioma específico ou outro projeto da Wikimedia). Lá, eles podem ser traduzidos e localizados, ou personalizados para atender às necessidades daquela wiki específica. Esta página no Meta contém instruções detalhadas sobre como configurar os treinamentos “para alunos”, “para educadores” e “para embaixadores” em uma nova wiki. <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Localize the on-wiki training</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Install the Education Program Extension === </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Extension]] was created to make Wikipedia work even better for educational programs. It adds a number of interfaces that help manage courses, students, institutions, mentors, etc, as well as improving workflow for everyone involved. It helps with things like managing enrollment, showing activities by students on the site and providing interfaces for analyzing and assessing the program. To learn more about the extension and how to enable it on your wiki, please see the [[w:en:Help:Education Program extension|Education Program Extension help page on English Wikipedia]], follow these steps: </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:Education Program#Process_for_enabling_on_a_Wikipedia|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Install the education extension</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Teach with Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|teach}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Educators around the world use Wikipedia, the free online encyclopedia that anyone can edit, in their classrooms. As the fifth most visited website worldwide, Wikipedia is a resource already used regularly by most students. There are many ways that you can use Wikipedia and wiki assignments with your students. Each of [[wmf:Our projects|the Wikimedia projects]] offers unique opportunities for curricular alignment and student engagement. [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Assignment Design|Read about assignment design.]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Resources/Overview|Review all available materials]] to support teaching and learning on the Wikimedia projects. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Training for educators|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for educators</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Reach out to educators == </div> {{anchor|reachout}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The Wikipedia Education Program can't work where people don't know about it. You can help by working with Wikipedia Education Program [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/About/Staff|staff]] to reach out to teachers, instructors, professors, administrators and other staff at educational institutions around the world. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/Education/Contact|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Contact the education team</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> == Learn how to contribute to Wikimedia projects == </div> {{anchor|learn}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Wikipedia needs volunteers to continue to provide value. The other projects also rely on volunteers, who create and upload media, write content, and curate materials on all of our educational sites. The Wikipedia Education Program has created a student training module, which takes about an hour to complete, to cover the basic rules and community norms of Wikipedia, the mechanics of basic editing with wikitext, and advice for choosing good articles and working effectively with other editors. It includes some interactive editing tutorials to give newcomers a chance to practice. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Training/For students|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Training for new editors</span>]] </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[Special:MyLanguage/The Wikipedia Adventure|The Wikipedia Adventure]] is an interactive guided tour / tutorial / learning game. It teaches new Wikipedia contributors basic editing, cooperation and collaboration skills. It introduces project mechanics, philosophy and policy. The setting is an interstellar mission to outer space. The focus is a hypothetical article about [[:en:w:Earth|Earth]]. Participants receive rewards (in the form of [[:en:w:Wikipedia:TWA/Badge/1|badges]] on their user pages) automatically after completing each of the 7 missions. </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[:en:w:Wikipedia:The Wikipedia Adventure|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">The Wikipedia Adventure</span>]] </div> [[Category:Wikipedia Education Program{{#translation:}}]] [[Category:{{Text by language}}]] p1tz865smsugk5t0kw9h6varzpuasy8 1198 72664 278366 276440 2026-08-05T06:29:46Z Eduardogobi 8953 278366 wikitext text/x-wiki Obrigado pelo seu interesse no Programa Educacional da Wikipédia! Há muitas maneiras de participar, e esta página explica várias delas. Esperamos que você decida se juntar a nós. $smiley ea3fi9n24gzvcst2imw35ild4ajqns2 1198 72670 278368 276456 2026-08-05T06:30:29Z Eduardogobi 8953 278368 wikitext text/x-wiki Guia para o planejamento de programas educacionais q1bn312befn1aq71ru5bw78poqkdu01 1198 72673 278370 276464 2026-08-05T06:30:55Z Eduardogobi 8953 278370 wikitext text/x-wiki ''Kit'' de ferramentas do programa educacional atzbvnx21a9rz7dzg13niitymkqp6vx 0 72944 278320 278035 2026-08-04T13:48:49Z Sohilaali869 56405 278320 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our World Archives Day project in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, GLAM team- Wikimedia Egypt launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by Sohila Elshaaer from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. ===​Zamalek Art Galleries 2026=== ​Keeping up with GLAM projects isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​Zamalek District has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia projects, the GLAM team- Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, Hassan Wahidy and Sherif Al-Yamany, two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''Ubuntu Art Gallery''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''Dai Art Gallery''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, What Remains of Yesterday, and Ibrahim El-Attar’s The Meaning of the Word "Painting". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to Wikimedia Commons. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> 9sxdwnkcby20zt996dieyrfswv6b8zm 278321 278320 2026-08-04T13:55:01Z Sohilaali869 56405 278321 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our World Archives Day project in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. ===​Zamalek Art Galleries 2026=== ​Keeping up with GLAM projects isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​Zamalek District has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, Hassan Wahidy and Sherif Al-Yamany, two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''Ubuntu Art Gallery''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''Dai Art Gallery''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, What Remains of Yesterday, and Ibrahim El-Attar’s The Meaning of the Word "Painting". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to Wikimedia Commons. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> g5g1lm86x4g5i4xt3fnn3p58zs7by3u 278322 278321 2026-08-04T13:57:07Z Sohilaali869 56405 /* Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968 */ 278322 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. ===​Zamalek Art Galleries 2026=== ​Keeping up with GLAM projects isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​Zamalek District has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, Hassan Wahidy and Sherif Al-Yamany, two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''Ubuntu Art Gallery''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''Dai Art Gallery''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, What Remains of Yesterday, and Ibrahim El-Attar’s The Meaning of the Word "Painting". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to Wikimedia Commons. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> mj2iqusnvkwwjfqzivf0e21lk8cqwqn 278323 278322 2026-08-04T13:58:58Z Sohilaali869 56405 278323 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. ===​Zamalek Art Galleries 2026=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​Zamalek District has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, Hassan Wahidy and Sherif Al-Yamany, two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''Ubuntu Art Gallery''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''Dai Art Gallery''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to Wikimedia Commons. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> ecv6ojk4u30i68rim8zekg0gb65c5dv 278324 278323 2026-08-04T14:00:53Z Sohilaali869 56405 /* Zamalek Art Galleries 2026 */ 278324 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. ===​Zamalek Art Galleries 2026=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, Hassan Wahidy and Sherif Al-Yamany, two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''Ubuntu Art Gallery''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''Dai Art Gallery''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to Wikimedia Commons. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> 55q3zk2yghre1q9i50cv30xrygsd92r 278325 278324 2026-08-04T14:04:24Z Sohilaali869 56405 /* Zamalek Art Galleries 2026 */ 278325 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, Hassan Wahidy and Sherif Al-Yamany, two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''Ubuntu Art Gallery''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''Dai Art Gallery''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> 4oangjir4nvawopwyibwdmdsvmaaqum 278326 278325 2026-08-04T14:09:18Z Sohilaali869 56405 /* Zamalek Art Galleries 2026 */ 278326 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> slgyj88ylqr6743ktl2u0998erpr9h3 278327 278326 2026-08-04T14:21:28Z Sohilaali869 56405 278327 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ===Gezira Art Centre=== Since July 23 coincided with an official public holiday, the indoor exhibition halls at Gezira Art Centre were unfortunately closed, which limited our access to the main displays. However, the team made the best of the visit by focusing on the outdoor spaces. They focused on photographing the unique architecture, the surrounding grounds, and the sculpture garden, successfully uploading over 30 images to Wikimedia Commons. ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> rchb8khbap0etm5w64n185ucwfashm1 278328 278327 2026-08-04T14:22:45Z Sohilaali869 56405 /* Gezira Art Centre */ 278328 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ===Gezira Art Centre=== Since July 23 coincided with an official public holiday, the indoor exhibition halls at Gezira Art Centre were unfortunately closed, which limited our access to the main displays. However, the team made the best of the visit by focusing on the outdoor spaces. They focused on photographing the unique architecture, the surrounding grounds, and the sculpture garden and successfully uploading over [https://w.wiki/TDBK 30 images] to Wikimedia Commons. ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> kszf35s5ckkxe2cvyvzvubs0hi5svdt 278329 278328 2026-08-04T14:28:03Z Sohilaali869 56405 278329 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ===Gezira Art Centre=== Since July 23 coincided with an official public holiday, the indoor exhibition halls at Gezira Art Centre were unfortunately closed, which limited our access to the main displays. However, the team made the best of the visit by focusing on the outdoor spaces. They focused on photographing the unique architecture, the surrounding grounds, and the sculpture garden and successfully uploading over [https://w.wiki/TDBK 30 images] to Wikimedia Commons. [[File:Museum of Islamic Ceramics and Gezira Art Center Garden, Zamalek, Cairo. 06.jpg|thumb|Front facade of the Museum of Islamic Ceramics (Prince Amr Ibrahim Palace), with the garden of Gezira Art Center in the foreground.]] ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> i8mkeixz9q89czfri52aeu5hriqu2tm 278330 278329 2026-08-04T14:30:56Z Sohilaali869 56405 /* Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968 */ 278330 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. [[File:Aug 26 1968, الأهرام (Al-Ahram), -29844, Egypt (ar).pdf - Front page.jpg|thumb|The front page of Al-Ahram newspaper, published on August 26, 1968.]] ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ===Gezira Art Centre=== Since July 23 coincided with an official public holiday, the indoor exhibition halls at Gezira Art Centre were unfortunately closed, which limited our access to the main displays. However, the team made the best of the visit by focusing on the outdoor spaces. They focused on photographing the unique architecture, the surrounding grounds, and the sculpture garden and successfully uploading over [https://w.wiki/TDBK 30 images] to Wikimedia Commons. [[File:Museum of Islamic Ceramics and Gezira Art Center Garden, Zamalek, Cairo. 06.jpg|thumb|Front facade of the Museum of Islamic Ceramics (Prince Amr Ibrahim Palace), with the garden of Gezira Art Center in the foreground.]] ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> 4q40o0e3olt943w247u964saqdf6voi 278332 278330 2026-08-04T14:41:37Z Sohilaali869 56405 /* ​Zamalek Art Galleries 2026 */ 278332 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. [[File:Aug 26 1968, الأهرام (Al-Ahram), -29844, Egypt (ar).pdf - Front page.jpg|thumb|The front page of Al-Ahram newspaper, published on August 26, 1968.]] ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. <gallery> Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 11.jpg|Exhibition hall at Dai Art Gallery in Zamalek, displaying a collection of contemporary paintings معرض ضي الزمالك للفن التشكيلي 09.jpg|Artworks by Ibrahim El-Attar (The Meaning of the Word "Painting" exhibition) at Dai Gallery. </gallery> ===Gezira Art Centre=== Since July 23 coincided with an official public holiday, the indoor exhibition halls at Gezira Art Centre were unfortunately closed, which limited our access to the main displays. However, the team made the best of the visit by focusing on the outdoor spaces. They focused on photographing the unique architecture, the surrounding grounds, and the sculpture garden and successfully uploading over [https://w.wiki/TDBK 30 images] to Wikimedia Commons. [[File:Museum of Islamic Ceramics and Gezira Art Center Garden, Zamalek, Cairo. 06.jpg|thumb|Front facade of the Museum of Islamic Ceramics (Prince Amr Ibrahim Palace), with the garden of Gezira Art Center in the foreground.]] ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> 7ulst151szxqmtkpn4dfie9c54lkd03 278333 278332 2026-08-04T14:44:01Z Sohilaali869 56405 /* Outcome */ 278333 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. [[File:Aug 26 1968, الأهرام (Al-Ahram), -29844, Egypt (ar).pdf - Front page.jpg|thumb|The front page of Al-Ahram newspaper, published on August 26, 1968.]] ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. <gallery> Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 11.jpg|Exhibition hall at Dai Art Gallery in Zamalek, displaying a collection of contemporary paintings معرض ضي الزمالك للفن التشكيلي 09.jpg|Artworks by Ibrahim El-Attar (The Meaning of the Word "Painting" exhibition) at Dai Gallery معرض ضي الزمالك للفن التشكيلي 11.jpg|A painting of traditional Nile houseboats by Ibrahim El-Attar, from his exhibition The Meaning of the Word "Painting" at Dai Gallery </gallery> ===Gezira Art Centre=== Since July 23 coincided with an official public holiday, the indoor exhibition halls at Gezira Art Centre were unfortunately closed, which limited our access to the main displays. However, the team made the best of the visit by focusing on the outdoor spaces. They focused on photographing the unique architecture, the surrounding grounds, and the sculpture garden and successfully uploading over [https://w.wiki/TDBK 30 images] to Wikimedia Commons. [[File:Museum of Islamic Ceramics and Gezira Art Center Garden, Zamalek, Cairo. 06.jpg|thumb|Front facade of the Museum of Islamic Ceramics (Prince Amr Ibrahim Palace), with the garden of Gezira Art Center in the foreground.]] ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> nh15tin1fm9y2rvajsn7tt07xr3owsk 278334 278333 2026-08-04T14:46:39Z Sohilaali869 56405 278334 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. [[File:Aug 26 1968, الأهرام (Al-Ahram), -29844, Egypt (ar).pdf - Front page.jpg|thumb|The front page of Al-Ahram newspaper, published on August 26, 1968.]] ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. <gallery> Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 11.jpg|Exhibition hall at Dai Art Gallery in Zamalek, displaying a collection of contemporary paintings معرض ضي الزمالك للفن التشكيلي 09.jpg|Artworks by Ibrahim El-Attar (The Meaning of the Word "Painting" exhibition) at Dai Gallery معرض ضي الزمالك للفن التشكيلي 11.jpg|A painting of traditional Nile houseboats by Ibrahim El-Attar, from his exhibition The Meaning of the Word "Painting" at Dai Gallery </gallery> ===Gezira Art Centre=== Since July 23 coincided with an official public holiday, the indoor exhibition halls at Gezira Art Centre were unfortunately closed, which limited our access to the main displays. However, the team made the best of the visit by focusing on the outdoor spaces. They focused on photographing the unique architecture, the surrounding grounds, and the sculpture garden and successfully uploading over [https://w.wiki/TDBK 30 images] to Wikimedia Commons. [[File:Museum of Islamic Ceramics and Gezira Art Center Garden, Zamalek, Cairo. 06.jpg|thumb|Front facade of the Museum of Islamic Ceramics (Prince Amr Ibrahim Palace), with the garden of Gezira Art Center in the foreground.]] ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> kdu0vhbw5hr63pt9plhvl6b4arl6duz 278335 278334 2026-08-04T14:50:12Z Sohilaali869 56405 /* Outcome */ 278335 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. [[File:Aug 26 1968, الأهرام (Al-Ahram), -29844, Egypt (ar).pdf - Front page.jpg|thumb|The front page of Al-Ahram newspaper, published on August 26, 1968.]] ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. <gallery> Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 11.jpg|Exhibition hall at Dai Art Gallery in Zamalek, displaying a collection of contemporary paintings معرض ضي الزمالك للفن التشكيلي 09.jpg|Artworks by Ibrahim El-Attar (The Meaning of the Word "Painting" exhibition) at Dai Gallery معرض ضي الزمالك للفن التشكيلي 11.jpg|A painting of traditional Nile houseboats by Ibrahim El-Attar, from his exhibition The Meaning of the Word "Painting" at Dai Gallery Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 13.jpg|A painting by Fatma Adel depicting a bride surrounded by women during traditional wedding preparations, from her exhibition What Remains of Yesterday at Dai Gallery </gallery> ===Gezira Art Centre=== Since July 23 coincided with an official public holiday, the indoor exhibition halls at Gezira Art Centre were unfortunately closed, which limited our access to the main displays. However, the team made the best of the visit by focusing on the outdoor spaces. They focused on photographing the unique architecture, the surrounding grounds, and the sculpture garden and successfully uploading over [https://w.wiki/TDBK 30 images] to Wikimedia Commons. [[File:Museum of Islamic Ceramics and Gezira Art Center Garden, Zamalek, Cairo. 06.jpg|thumb|Front facade of the Museum of Islamic Ceramics (Prince Amr Ibrahim Palace), with the garden of Gezira Art Center in the foreground.]] ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> i65olhi1v3se1xy7ys2jljxg9jqjhd5 278336 278335 2026-08-04T14:57:56Z Sohilaali869 56405 /* Outcome */ 278336 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. [[File:Aug 26 1968, الأهرام (Al-Ahram), -29844, Egypt (ar).pdf - Front page.jpg|thumb|The front page of Al-Ahram newspaper, published on August 26, 1968.]] ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. <gallery> Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 11.jpg|Exhibition hall at Dai Art Gallery in Zamalek, displaying a collection of contemporary paintings معرض ضي الزمالك للفن التشكيلي 11.jpg|A painting of traditional Nile houseboats by Ibrahim El-Attar, from his exhibition The Meaning of the Word "Painting" at Dai Gallery Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 13.jpg|A painting by Fatma Adel depicting a bride surrounded by women during traditional wedding preparations, from her exhibition What Remains of Yesterday at Dai Gallery معرض أوبونتو للفن التشكيلي بالزمالك 73.jpg|Exhibition hall at Ubuntu Art Gallery in Zamalek معرض أوبونتو للفن التشكيلي بالزمالك 02.jpg|Bronze sculpture on display at Ubuntu Art Gallery. </gallery> ===Gezira Art Centre=== Since July 23 coincided with an official public holiday, the indoor exhibition halls at Gezira Art Centre were unfortunately closed, which limited our access to the main displays. However, the team made the best of the visit by focusing on the outdoor spaces. They focused on photographing the unique architecture, the surrounding grounds, and the sculpture garden and successfully uploading over [https://w.wiki/TDBK 30 images] to Wikimedia Commons. [[File:Museum of Islamic Ceramics and Gezira Art Center Garden, Zamalek, Cairo. 06.jpg|thumb|Front facade of the Museum of Islamic Ceramics (Prince Amr Ibrahim Palace), with the garden of Gezira Art Center in the foreground.]] ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> oabm1azlquz904hsaz10lxncrmlcr5d 278337 278336 2026-08-04T14:58:51Z Sohilaali869 56405 /* Outcome */ 278337 wikitext text/x-wiki ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. [[File:Aug 26 1968, الأهرام (Al-Ahram), -29844, Egypt (ar).pdf - Front page.jpg|thumb|The front page of Al-Ahram newspaper, published on August 26, 1968.]] ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. <gallery> Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 11.jpg|Exhibition hall at Dai Art Gallery in Zamalek, displaying a collection of contemporary paintings معرض ضي الزمالك للفن التشكيلي 11.jpg|A painting of traditional Nile houseboats by Ibrahim El-Attar, from his exhibition The Meaning of the Word "Painting" at Dai Gallery Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 13.jpg|A painting by Fatma Adel depicting a bride surrounded by women during traditional wedding preparations, from her exhibition What Remains of Yesterday at Dai Gallery معرض أوبونتو للفن التشكيلي بالزمالك 73.jpg|Exhibition hall at Ubuntu Art Gallery in Zamalek معرض أوبونتو للفن التشكيلي بالزمالك 02.jpg|Bronze sculpture on display at Ubuntu Art Gallery </gallery> ===Gezira Art Centre=== Since July 23 coincided with an official public holiday, the indoor exhibition halls at Gezira Art Centre were unfortunately closed, which limited our access to the main displays. However, the team made the best of the visit by focusing on the outdoor spaces. They focused on photographing the unique architecture, the surrounding grounds, and the sculpture garden and successfully uploading over [https://w.wiki/TDBK 30 images] to Wikimedia Commons. [[File:Museum of Islamic Ceramics and Gezira Art Center Garden, Zamalek, Cairo. 06.jpg|thumb|Front facade of the Museum of Islamic Ceramics (Prince Amr Ibrahim Palace), with the garden of Gezira Art Center in the foreground.]] ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> fn5z2wm3r16r8ssitnu62480hvldfwf 278338 278337 2026-08-04T14:59:52Z Sohilaali869 56405 278338 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{:GLAM/Newsletter/July 2026/Header}}</noinclude> {{GLAM/Newsletter/Title|From Al-Ahram to Zamalek: Exploring Archives and Art Galleries|By [[User:Sohilaali869|Sohila Elshaaer]]}} ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. [[File:Aug 26 1968, الأهرام (Al-Ahram), -29844, Egypt (ar).pdf - Front page.jpg|thumb|The front page of Al-Ahram newspaper, published on August 26, 1968.]] ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. <gallery> Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 11.jpg|Exhibition hall at Dai Art Gallery in Zamalek, displaying a collection of contemporary paintings معرض ضي الزمالك للفن التشكيلي 11.jpg|A painting of traditional Nile houseboats by Ibrahim El-Attar, from his exhibition The Meaning of the Word "Painting" at Dai Gallery Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 13.jpg|A painting by Fatma Adel depicting a bride surrounded by women during traditional wedding preparations, from her exhibition What Remains of Yesterday at Dai Gallery معرض أوبونتو للفن التشكيلي بالزمالك 73.jpg|Exhibition hall at Ubuntu Art Gallery in Zamalek معرض أوبونتو للفن التشكيلي بالزمالك 02.jpg|Bronze sculpture on display at Ubuntu Art Gallery </gallery> ===Gezira Art Centre=== Since July 23 coincided with an official public holiday, the indoor exhibition halls at Gezira Art Centre were unfortunately closed, which limited our access to the main displays. However, the team made the best of the visit by focusing on the outdoor spaces. They focused on photographing the unique architecture, the surrounding grounds, and the sculpture garden and successfully uploading over [https://w.wiki/TDBK 30 images] to Wikimedia Commons. [[File:Museum of Islamic Ceramics and Gezira Art Center Garden, Zamalek, Cairo. 06.jpg|thumb|Front facade of the Museum of Islamic Ceramics (Prince Amr Ibrahim Palace), with the garden of Gezira Art Center in the foreground.]] ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> 972oiu9kq04fq9nmn5x0g05umi6y0xk 278339 278338 2026-08-04T15:08:15Z Sohilaali869 56405 278339 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{:GLAM/Newsletter/July 2026/Header}}</noinclude> {{GLAM/Newsletter/Title|From Al-Ahram to Zamalek: Exploring Archives and Art Galleries|By [[User:Sohilaali869|Sohila Elshaaer]] & [[User:Amr F.Nagy|Amr F.Nagy]]}} ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day Activity] in June, where we documented historic Royal Egyptian Postage Stamps, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk 1968 issues of Al-Ahram newspaper]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make it accessible to everyone. [[File:Aug 26 1968, الأهرام (Al-Ahram), -29844, Egypt (ar).pdf - Front page.jpg|thumb|The front page of Al-Ahram newspaper, published on August 26, 1968.]] ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly brings value to open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our future plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia Activities, GLAM team of Wikimedia Egypt decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active Egypt Wikimedians User Group members and contributors to our GLAM Activities. *At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', the team spent time across both floors photographing the current setup, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to get clear, detailed shots showing the different styles and mediums being showcased and to enrich Wikimedia Commons and make the sources available. *​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The team photographed both displays preserving both visual stories for open research and appreciation as well. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, proving that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members lead to Amazing results. <gallery> Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 11.jpg|Exhibition hall at Dai Art Gallery in Zamalek, displaying a collection of contemporary paintings معرض ضي الزمالك للفن التشكيلي 11.jpg|A painting of traditional Nile houseboats by Ibrahim El-Attar, from his exhibition The Meaning of the Word "Painting" at Dai Gallery Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 13.jpg|A painting by Fatma Adel depicting a bride surrounded by women during traditional wedding preparations, from her exhibition What Remains of Yesterday at Dai Gallery معرض أوبونتو للفن التشكيلي بالزمالك 73.jpg|Exhibition hall at Ubuntu Art Gallery in Zamalek معرض أوبونتو للفن التشكيلي بالزمالك 02.jpg|Bronze sculpture on display at Ubuntu Art Gallery </gallery> ===Gezira Art Centre=== Since July 23 coincided with an official public holiday, the indoor exhibition halls at Gezira Art Centre were unfortunately closed, which limited our access to the main displays. However, the team made the best of the visit by focusing on the outdoor spaces. They focused on photographing the unique architecture, the surrounding grounds, and the sculpture garden and successfully uploading over [https://w.wiki/TDBK 30 images] to Wikimedia Commons. [[File:Museum of Islamic Ceramics and Gezira Art Center Garden, Zamalek, Cairo. 06.jpg|thumb|Front facade of the Museum of Islamic Ceramics (Prince Amr Ibrahim Palace), with the garden of Gezira Art Center in the foreground.]] ==More Info== For more information about our core team members and our activities. *[https://w.wiki/S8MV Glam Team Egypt- Wikimedia Egypt]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> eysq3geav78osufxynrfp5i7bczgoiv 278340 278339 2026-08-04T17:17:14Z Amr F.Nagy 56522 update 278340 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{:GLAM/Newsletter/July 2026/Header}}</noinclude> {{GLAM/Newsletter/Title|From Al-Ahram to Zamalek: Exploring Archives and Art Galleries|By [[User:Sohilaali869|Sohila Elshaaer]] & [[User:Amr F.Nagy|Amr F.Nagy]]}} ===Digitizing Issues of Al-Ahram Newspaper from 1968=== ​Following our [https://w.wiki/Rtiy World Archives Day] activity in June, during which we documented historic Egyptian Postage Stamps from the royal era, [https://w.wiki/Ru9P GLAM Team] of [https://w.wiki/93Rm Wikimedia Egypt] launched a new workshop in July to preserve Egypt’s journalistic heritage. ​Organized by [https://w.wiki/HCzq Sohila Elshaaer] and held from July 8 to 20, the team hosted an online workshop to digitize [https://w.wiki/TChk issues of Al-Ahram newspaper from 1968]. Participants processed archived materials and uploaded 5 complete daily editions in PDF format to Wikimedia Commons, with each issue ranging from 10 to 13 pages. We also focused on digitizing high-resolution images of the front pages to capture their main headlines. ​Moving forward, we are working on building partnerships to help digitize more of Al-Ahram’s extensive historic archive and make more of this material accessible to everyone. [[File:Aug 26 1968, الأهرام (Al-Ahram), -29844, Egypt (ar).pdf - Front page.jpg|thumb|The front page of Al-Ahram newspaper, published on August 26, 1968.]] ===​[https://w.wiki/TCmt Zamalek Art Galleries 2026]=== ​Keeping up with GLAM Activities isn't always easy. We constantly face challenges like tight schedules and burnout, but our philosophy is all about taking small, steady steps. Rather than rushing for volume, we focus on high-quality, impactful documentation that truly adds value to the open knowledge movement. ​[https://w.wiki/TCiz Zamalek District] has always held a special place in our strategy. Floating as an island in the middle of the Nile, it’s a district rich in heritage—home to historic palaces, public libraries, vibrant art galleries, and cultural centers. As part of our long-term plan to document this cultural hub for a global audience on Wikimedia Commons and other Wikimedia projects, the GLAM Team decided to kick off the journey by focusing on two major contemporary art spaces, which are Ubuntu Gallery and Dai Gallery. ​So on July 23, 2026, [[User:Hassan Hamdy wahidy|Hassan Wahidy]] and [https://w.wiki/TCzD Sherif Al-Yamany], two active members of Egypt Wikimedia and contributors to our GLAM activities, began the documentation work. * At '''[https://w.wiki/TC$Z Ubuntu Art Gallery]''', they spent time across both floors photographing the current exhibitions, which included a mix of contemporary Egyptian paintings, sculptures, and mixed-media works. The goal was to capture clear, detailed images showcasing the different styles and media on display, enrich Wikimedia Commons, and make these resources available for public use. * ​At '''[https://w.wiki/TD26 Dai Art Gallery]''' (Arab Atelier for Culture and Arts), the focus was on two specific solo shows: Fatma Adel’s exhibition, ''What Remains of Yesterday'', and Ibrahim El-Attar’s ''The Meaning of the Word "Painting''". The two members photographed both exhibitions, preserving their visual narratives for open research and appreciation. ====Outcome==== ​By the end of the day, the team successfully uploaded 255 high-quality, freely licensed images to [https://w.wiki/TCrM Wikimedia Commons]. It’s a solid start to our broader Zamalek documentation plan, demonstrating that consistent, quality-focused efforts by dedicated community members can lead to meaningful results. <gallery> Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 11.jpg|Exhibition hall at Dai Art Gallery in Zamalek, displaying a collection of contemporary paintings معرض ضي الزمالك للفن التشكيلي 11.jpg|A painting of traditional Nile houseboats by Ibrahim El-Attar, from his exhibition The Meaning of the Word "Painting" at Dai Gallery Dai Art Gallery, Zamalek, Cairo, Egypt. 13.jpg|A painting by Fatma Adel depicting a bride surrounded by women during traditional wedding preparations, from her exhibition What Remains of Yesterday at Dai Gallery معرض أوبونتو للفن التشكيلي بالزمالك 73.jpg|Exhibition hall at Ubuntu Art Gallery in Zamalek معرض أوبونتو للفن التشكيلي بالزمالك 02.jpg|Bronze sculpture on display at Ubuntu Art Gallery </gallery> ===Gezira Art Centre=== As July 23 coincided with an official public holiday, the indoor exhibition halls at Gezira Art Centre were unfortunately closed, limiting our access to the main displays. However, Wahidy and Al-Yamany, made the most of the visit by focusing on the outdoor spaces. They focused on photographing the unique architecture, surrounding grounds, and sculpture garden, successfully uploading more than [https://w.wiki/TDBK 30 images] to Wikimedia Commons. [[File:Museum of Islamic Ceramics and Gezira Art Center Garden, Zamalek, Cairo. 06.jpg|thumb|Front facade of the Museum of Islamic Ceramics (Prince Amr Ibrahim Palace), with the garden of Gezira Art Center in the foreground.]] ==More Info== For more information about GLAM activities in Egypt, visit our page [https://w.wiki/S8MV here]. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> qx12ek5y1gmeffvmpgrzvuz3yyl1f76 0 72968 278331 278313 2026-08-04T14:36:47Z MartinPoulter 647 lead sentence 278331 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{:GLAM/Newsletter/July 2026/Header}}</noinclude> {{GLAM/Newsletter/Title|Wikimania report + New articles in Hindi|By [[User:MartinPoulter|MartinPoulter]]}} === Khalili Foundation === [[File:Khalili Collection Islamic Art kfq 090.1.jpg|thumb|right|alt=Page of Arabic writing from an early manuscript of the Quran|More and more people are hearing about the [[:w:en:Isfahan Quran|Isfahan Quran]]]] The total of new articles from this partnership has reached '''[[:w:en:Wikipedia:GLAM/Khalili#Key_metrics|109 articles in 23 different Wikipedias]]''', thanks to new articles in Hindi and Simple English. Hero of the month is Muhammad Umar Kairanvi, a Dehli-based contributor for Hindi Wikipedia. Muhammad recently created a lot of new articles relating to Islam, particularly about early manuscript Qurans. Some of them he translated from English Wikipedia. That is how Hindi Wikipedia now has articles on the [[:w:hi:पलेर्मो क़ुरआन|Palermo Quran]], [[:w:hi:इस्फ़हान क़ुरआन|Isfahan Quran]], and [[:w:hi:फ़ालनामा|Falnama]]. These are the first articles connected to the Khalili Collections in Hindi. In mid-April, there was no mention of the Palermo Quran or Isfahan Quran in any version of Wikipedia; now they have articles in four languages each. Muhammad also translated a summary of the article on the [[:w:hi:समरकंद कूफ़िक क़ुरआन|Samarkand Kufic Quran]], keeping the same lead image which is of the Khalili Collections folio. [[File:Khalili Collection Islamic Art gls 0598.1.jpg|thumb|right|alt=See caption|Camel-shaped flask from the Khalili Collections, unexpectedly featured in the main auditorium at Wikimania]] This month I spent a full week at Wikimania in Paris, taking part in discussions about Wikimedians In Residence and about working with UN agencies. I made my first edits on Abstract Wikipedia, creating [[:w:abstract:Q9141|a page for the Taj Mahal]]. It is still early days for the project, and I don't think it's yet time to add lots of articles about art works. Since Abstract Wikipedia is driven by Wikidata, the best thing we can do for now is make sure data sets (about the Khalili Collections) are as good as they can be. I learned about new tools that are being developed and attended a lot of discussion about AI and the nature of the relationship between LLM technology and the "Knowledge is human" approach which is essential to the Wikimedia projects. I tried out the [https://noesis.makercampus.cl/ Noesis tool which examines Wikipedia articles for neutrality], and fed back to its creators about getting it to work specifically with English Wikipedia. This could be a valuable research tool for looking at types of bias in Wikipedia topics. Another tool showcased at the conference was [https://wise.wmcloud.org/ WISE (Wikimedia Semantic Search)]. This image search tool is intended to be more flexible than Wikimedia Commons' own search. Enter a search phrase such as "paintings of the Kaaba" or "Japanese cloisonne" and images from the Khalili Collections will appear, along with images from other collections. Clicking on the thumbnail enlarges the image, then clicking on the title takes you to the full listing for the image. Another tool for exploring Wikimedia Commons images is [https://daanvr.github.io/Wikimedia-Commons-Pinterest/#/search/Islamic%20art CommonsWall]. During the live demo, [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KIrq323oVGo&t=25876s the developer clicked on a Khalili Collections image], and showed that the image's category tags such as "Camels in art" could be used to navigate to other images. I continued the work of improving Simple English Wikipedia, creating a [[:w:simple:Bibliomancy|new article on Bibliomancy]], mentioning the Falnama and specifically the Khalili Falnama. This involved copying text from English Wikipedia, then carefully rewriting each sentence to reduce complexity. The article on [[:w:en:Amanat Khan Shirazi|Amanat Khan Shirazi]] passed DYK review back in June, but has not yet been scheduled for the front page. This month I have fixed a lot of broken links in the Khalili Foundation and Nasser Khalili articles. Any substantive changes to the articles are proposed for volunteers to review as part of the Conflict Of Interest process. I have also spent some time revising and updating the paper on the Memory of the World dataset in response to feedback from the journal editor. The Memory of the World programme has [[:outreach:GLAM/Newsletter/July_2026/Contents/Memory_of_the_World_report|its own update in this newsletter]]. === Heading 2 === <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> a1wfcfkf0ejrscbse2f2zumkosa8f1t 278397 278331 2026-08-05T10:13:35Z MartinPoulter 647 stats 278397 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{:GLAM/Newsletter/July 2026/Header}}</noinclude> {{GLAM/Newsletter/Title|Wikimania report + New articles in Hindi|By [[User:MartinPoulter|MartinPoulter]]}} === Khalili Foundation === [[File:Khalili Collection Islamic Art kfq 090.1.jpg|thumb|right|alt=Page of Arabic writing from an early manuscript of the Quran|More and more people are hearing about the [[:w:en:Isfahan Quran|Isfahan Quran]]]] The total of new articles from this partnership has reached '''[[:w:en:Wikipedia:GLAM/Khalili#Key_metrics|109 articles in 23 different Wikipedias]]''', thanks to new articles in Hindi and Simple English. Hero of the month is Muhammad Umar Kairanvi, a Dehli-based contributor for Hindi Wikipedia. Muhammad recently created a lot of new articles relating to Islam, particularly about early manuscript Qurans. Some of them he translated from English Wikipedia. That is how Hindi Wikipedia now has articles on the [[:w:hi:पलेर्मो क़ुरआन|Palermo Quran]], [[:w:hi:इस्फ़हान क़ुरआन|Isfahan Quran]], and [[:w:hi:फ़ालनामा|Falnama]]. These are the first articles connected to the Khalili Collections in Hindi. In mid-April, there was no mention of the Palermo Quran or Isfahan Quran in any version of Wikipedia; now they have articles in four languages each. Muhammad also translated a summary of the article on the [[:w:hi:समरकंद कूफ़िक क़ुरआन|Samarkand Kufic Quran]], keeping the same lead image which is of the Khalili Collections folio. [[File:Khalili Collection Islamic Art gls 0598.1.jpg|thumb|right|alt=See caption|Camel-shaped flask from the Khalili Collections, unexpectedly featured in the main auditorium at Wikimania]] This month I spent a full week at Wikimania in Paris, taking part in discussions about Wikimedians In Residence and about working with UN agencies. I made my first edits on Abstract Wikipedia, creating [[:w:abstract:Q9141|a page for the Taj Mahal]]. It is still early days for the project, and I don't think it's yet time to add lots of articles about art works. Since Abstract Wikipedia is driven by Wikidata, the best thing we can do for now is make sure data sets (about the Khalili Collections) are as good as they can be. I learned about new tools that are being developed and attended a lot of discussion about AI and the nature of the relationship between LLM technology and the "Knowledge is human" approach which is essential to the Wikimedia projects. I tried out the [https://noesis.makercampus.cl/ Noesis tool which examines Wikipedia articles for neutrality], and fed back to its creators about getting it to work specifically with English Wikipedia. This could be a valuable research tool for looking at types of bias in Wikipedia topics. Another tool showcased at the conference was [https://wise.wmcloud.org/ WISE (Wikimedia Semantic Search)]. This image search tool is intended to be more flexible than Wikimedia Commons' own search. Enter a search phrase such as "paintings of the Kaaba" or "Japanese cloisonne" and images from the Khalili Collections will appear, along with images from other collections. Clicking on the thumbnail enlarges the image, then clicking on the title takes you to the full listing for the image. Another tool for exploring Wikimedia Commons images is [https://daanvr.github.io/Wikimedia-Commons-Pinterest/#/search/Islamic%20art CommonsWall]. During the live demo, [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KIrq323oVGo&t=25876s the developer clicked on a Khalili Collections image], and showed that the image's category tags such as "Camels in art" could be used to navigate to other images. I continued the work of improving Simple English Wikipedia, creating a [[:w:simple:Bibliomancy|new article on Bibliomancy]], mentioning the Falnama and specifically the Khalili Falnama. This involved copying text from English Wikipedia, then carefully rewriting each sentence to reduce complexity. The article on [[:w:en:Amanat Khan Shirazi|Amanat Khan Shirazi]] passed DYK review back in June, but has not yet been scheduled for the front page. This month I have fixed a lot of broken links in the Khalili Foundation and Nasser Khalili articles. Any substantive changes to the articles are proposed for volunteers to review as part of the Conflict Of Interest process. I have also spent some time revising and updating the paper on the Memory of the World dataset in response to feedback from the journal editor. The Memory of the World programme has [[:outreach:GLAM/Newsletter/July_2026/Contents/Memory_of_the_World_report|its own update in this newsletter]]. The stats server reports '''3,358,171''' views on images from the Khalili Collections in July. === Heading 2 === <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> dzfha8qt7v0m58o2ibp9b8tpdmq5csx 0 72969 278398 278314 2026-08-05T10:16:48Z MartinPoulter 647 view stats 278398 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{:GLAM/Newsletter/July 2026/Header}}</noinclude> {{GLAM/Newsletter/Title|Academic paper in preparation|By [[User:MartinPoulter|MartinPoulter]]}} ''This is the twenty-first monthly report of the [[:meta:UNESCO Memory of the World project|ongoing work to improve the representation of the UNESCO Memory of the World international register on Wikimedia projects]]. This is supported and fully funded by the Khalili Foundation, with the involvement of UNESCO and Wikimedia UK.'' [[File:KlMuseumBatuBersurat.jpg|thumb|right|Terengganu Inscription Stone]] This month I revised my draft paper about the Memory of the World International Register data set, in response to requests from the journal editor. That draft, which can't be shared until it is published, now stands at 4,500 words. === New this month === I run a monthly check on new articles relating to the Memory of the World International Register created by Wikipedia volunteers. The tools I use to scan the hundreds of wiki platforms are not perfect and so this list is not guaranteed to be complete. There is a new article on the [[:w:dtp:Batu Bersurat Terengganu|Terengganu Inscription Stone]] in Kadazandusun Wikipedia, created by translation from Malay. === View statistics === The Massviews tool reports 3,557,411 views of pages on English Wikipedia that link to the Memory of the World International Register, and 130,159 views on French Wikipedia pages. Many of the links from French Wikipedia are to pages in English on the Memory of the World site, despite the fact that French alternatives are available. The Commons Analytics tool reports '''164,106,362''' views in July for images related to the MoW International Register. Due to imperfect tagging, this should be regarded as approximate. <br /> <noinclude>{{GLAM/Newsletter/Comments|month=July 2026}}</noinclude> 69s0njokch1jrvkbgmk81pj872lnic3 1198 72970 278344 2026-08-05T06:23:17Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Elaborando suas tarefas" 278344 wikitext text/x-wiki Elaborando suas tarefas 1ift8zhipyykrs0ctfxlgc83ofdk57y 1198 72971 278346 2026-08-05T06:23:48Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "A Wikipédia oferece diversas opções de tarefas, de acordo com seus objetivos de aprendizagem. Leve em consideração as competências dos seus alunos, o nível de contribuição que você deseja que eles façam à Wikipédia e quanto tempo você tem no curso para dedicar à tarefa." 278346 wikitext text/x-wiki A Wikipédia oferece diversas opções de tarefas, de acordo com seus objetivos de aprendizagem. Leve em consideração as competências dos seus alunos, o nível de contribuição que você deseja que eles façam à Wikipédia e quanto tempo você tem no curso para dedicar à tarefa. dhkdemjr11p0zlwhfzls8asf1beoxh3 1198 72972 278348 2026-08-05T06:24:17Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Nessa brochura, apresentamos a tarefa de pedir aos alunos que escrevam um artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso, uma das tarefas mais comuns utilizadas pelos instrutores." 278348 wikitext text/x-wiki Nessa brochura, apresentamos a tarefa de pedir aos alunos que escrevam um artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso, uma das tarefas mais comuns utilizadas pelos instrutores. po41ka2d3dueq79ixcw3cxvzvvz99xc 278350 278348 2026-08-05T06:24:33Z Eduardogobi 8953 278350 wikitext text/x-wiki Nesse folheto, apresentamos a tarefa de pedir aos alunos que escrevam um artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso, uma das tarefas mais comuns utilizadas pelos instrutores. a5s3syg296ahuwit96u0pgxgvtbmteo 1198 72973 278352 2026-08-05T06:25:01Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Tarefa: escrever um artigo" 278352 wikitext text/x-wiki Tarefa: escrever um artigo bxzlq78v0jsxgeh39xay40c6ompkrkq 1198 72974 278354 2026-08-05T06:26:02Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Na tarefa “Escrever um artigo”, você pede aos alunos que desenvolvam um artigo já existente ou criem um novo artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso. Utilizando fontes confiáveis, os alunos documentam informações sobre o tema. Frequentemente, os instrutores utilizam essa tarefa em conjunto com um trabalho analítico mais extenso, realizado fora da internet; os artigos da Wikipédia dos alunos constituem as seções de revisão da literatura desses trabalhos." 278354 wikitext text/x-wiki Na tarefa “Escrever um artigo”, você pede aos alunos que desenvolvam um artigo já existente ou criem um novo artigo sobre um tema relacionado ao curso. Utilizando fontes confiáveis, os alunos documentam informações sobre o tema. Frequentemente, os instrutores utilizam essa tarefa em conjunto com um trabalho analítico mais extenso, realizado fora da internet; os artigos da Wikipédia dos alunos constituem as seções de revisão da literatura desses trabalhos. dlsvzbxr1m4fzpy19dw6cbgxkwr0om1 1198 72975 278356 2026-08-05T06:26:13Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Tarefas alternativas:" 278356 wikitext text/x-wiki Tarefas alternativas: e7jskw4bu4ncns9x2zas4uj3y7zd1ga 1198 72976 278358 2026-08-05T06:26:28Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Traduzir um artigo" 278358 wikitext text/x-wiki Traduzir um artigo dbvuigm270gl2urectzidqgn7t02r82 1198 72977 278360 2026-08-05T06:27:25Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Instrutores de idiomas consideram essa uma atividade muito prática. Seus alunos selecionam artigos de alta qualidade da Wikipédia do idioma que estão estudando —artigos que ainda não estão disponíveis na Wikipédia em sua língua nativa— e os traduzem para sua língua nativa." 278360 wikitext text/x-wiki Instrutores de idiomas consideram essa uma atividade muito prática. Seus alunos selecionam artigos de alta qualidade da Wikipédia do idioma que estão estudando —artigos que ainda não estão disponíveis na Wikipédia em sua língua nativa— e os traduzem para sua língua nativa. 08fye94uxagaebnd8xcwbu6pnm9n980 1198 72978 278362 2026-08-05T06:27:38Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Adicionar ilustrações a um artigo" 278362 wikitext text/x-wiki Adicionar ilustrações a um artigo i1jj9zoj0w74heq35m8b91cwr95tm5a 1198 72979 278364 2026-08-05T06:28:26Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Se seus alunos têm habilidade com mídias, essa pode ser uma ótima maneira de contribuir para a Wikipédia de forma não textual. No passado, alunos já fotografaram monumentos locais que não tinham fotos para ilustrar os artigos, criaram infográficos para ilustrar conceitos na Wikipédia e produziram vídeos que demonstravam, de forma audiovisual, o que os artigos descrevem por meio de palavras." 278364 wikitext text/x-wiki Se seus alunos têm habilidade com mídias, essa pode ser uma ótima maneira de contribuir para a Wikipédia de forma não textual. No passado, alunos já fotografaram monumentos locais que não tinham fotos para ilustrar os artigos, criaram infográficos para ilustrar conceitos na Wikipédia e produziram vídeos que demonstravam, de forma audiovisual, o que os artigos descrevem por meio de palavras. a00t41fdvc2ifkbpn9k4jal7wbrdn56 1198 72980 278372 2026-08-05T06:31:44Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "== Apoiar um programa existente ==" 278372 wikitext text/x-wiki == Apoiar um programa existente == nftscmbvtzs1xd116bdh6l4ow5ezfdp 1198 72981 278374 2026-08-05T06:32:17Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Com dezenas de programas em andamento, há muito o que fazer! Abaixo, você encontrará algumas ideias. Se não souber como ajudar, entre em contato diretamente com o programa ou com a equipe." 278374 wikitext text/x-wiki Com dezenas de programas em andamento, há muito o que fazer! Abaixo, você encontrará algumas ideias. Se não souber como ajudar, entre em contato diretamente com o programa ou com a equipe. pxspvimphqspvzo13yi9vs48urbvne6 1198 72982 278376 2026-08-05T06:32:37Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "=== Tornar-se um embaixador virtual ===" 278376 wikitext text/x-wiki === Tornar-se um embaixador virtual === 9tsjl79govwfsp655h2egxx2d9xdn2m 1198 72983 278378 2026-08-05T06:33:46Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Os Programas Educacionais da Wikipédia contam com editores experientes, simpáticos e prestativos, fluentes no idioma do programa que apoiam — chamamos essas pessoas de [[$a-z|“Embaixadores da Wikipédia”]]. Aqui, oferecemos treinamento para pessoas interessadas nessa função, descrita com mais detalhes em [[$ambassadors|Embaixadores]]. Esse treinamento abrange, em grande parte, o mesmo conteúdo do treinamento “para educadores”, com pequenas diferenças adap..." 278378 wikitext text/x-wiki Os Programas Educacionais da Wikipédia contam com editores experientes, simpáticos e prestativos, fluentes no idioma do programa que apoiam — chamamos essas pessoas de [[$a-z|“Embaixadores da Wikipédia”]]. Aqui, oferecemos treinamento para pessoas interessadas nessa função, descrita com mais detalhes em [[$ambassadors|Embaixadores]]. Esse treinamento abrange, em grande parte, o mesmo conteúdo do treinamento “para educadores”, com pequenas diferenças adaptadas para pessoas que auxiliam nos cursos, em vez de ministrá-los (e avaliá-los). 2xuixwk9gm1w5vug1hj9917fq0jocy4 1198 72984 278380 2026-08-05T06:34:03Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "[[$training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Treinamento para embaixadores</span>]]" 278380 wikitext text/x-wiki [[$training|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Treinamento para embaixadores</span>]] 0hpop4o7bmytzb83r9hdgdxa3ciutkb 1198 72985 278382 2026-08-05T06:38:56Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "=== Traduzir recursos dos programas ===" 278382 wikitext text/x-wiki === Traduzir recursos dos programas === ocz1dcpuc9rlidm4yfiel71rrckwrgb 1198 72986 278384 2026-08-05T06:42:47Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "O movimento Wikimedia é global, com leitores em centenas de idiomas e milhares de colaboradores multilíngues. Se você é fluente em mais de um idioma e está disposto a traduzir, apoie o Programa Educacional da Wikipédia traduzindo páginas deste portal, incluindo nosso [[$news|boletim informativo]] mensal elaborado pela comunidade, além de outros materiais educacionais e informativos que estamos desenvolvendo. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|Esta página]] contém..." 278384 wikitext text/x-wiki O movimento Wikimedia é global, com leitores em centenas de idiomas e milhares de colaboradores multilíngues. Se você é fluente em mais de um idioma e está disposto a traduzir, apoie o Programa Educacional da Wikipédia traduzindo páginas deste portal, incluindo nosso [[$news|boletim informativo]] mensal elaborado pela comunidade, além de outros materiais educacionais e informativos que estamos desenvolvendo. [[wmf:Template:Answers/Translate|Esta página]] contém informações gerais sobre tradução nos projetos da Wikimedia. Se você estiver interessado em se tornar um novo tradutor, [[$babylon|Meta:Babylon]] é um bom lugar para começar. Há uma seção sobre como começar, que inclui algumas ligações importantes, e também há uma seção sobre comunicação que explica como entrar em contato com outros tradutores, que poderão lhe dar detalhes sobre o trabalho. Recomendamos que você leia o tutorial cuja ligação está na seção “introdução” antes de começar, caso decida participar. 7xqrr9kute48n6afglspc4jhi3qdrwz 1198 72987 278386 2026-08-05T06:43:02Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "[[$babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Começar a traduzir</span>]]" 278386 wikitext text/x-wiki [[$babylon|<span class="mw-ui-button mw-ui">Começar a traduzir</span>]] n4fihnr2mmobjq4n52osq9yh37apda3 1198 72988 278388 2026-08-05T06:43:32Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "=== Transferir treinamento virtual ===" 278388 wikitext text/x-wiki === Transferir treinamento virtual === mtynjf094ji3hqydwb5dmdnsct8qpum 1198 72989 278390 2026-08-05T06:45:45Z Eduardogobi 8953 Created page with "Os módulos de treinamento virtual do Programa Educacional da Wikipédia, baseados no bem-sucedido Programa Educacional dos EUA/Canadá, abordam os conceitos básicos de como contribuir para a Wikipédia, voltados para estudantes, educadores e Embaixadores em Campi e Online. Esses treinamentos, disponíveis no Meta, foram concebidos para serem relativamente fáceis de transferir, ou portar, para outras wikis (como uma versão da Wikipédia em um idioma específico ou out..." 278390 wikitext text/x-wiki Os módulos de treinamento virtual do Programa Educacional da Wikipédia, baseados no bem-sucedido Programa Educacional dos EUA/Canadá, abordam os conceitos básicos de como contribuir para a Wikipédia, voltados para estudantes, educadores e Embaixadores em Campi e Online. Esses treinamentos, disponíveis no Meta, foram concebidos para serem relativamente fáceis de transferir, ou portar, para outras wikis (como uma versão da Wikipédia em um idioma específico ou outro projeto da Wikimedia). Lá, eles podem ser traduzidos e localizados, ou personalizados para atender às necessidades daquela wiki específica. Esta página no Meta contém instruções detalhadas sobre como configurar os treinamentos “para alunos”, “para educadores” e “para embaixadores” em uma nova wiki. 4fa6b2fiu7diu6dpeif5ms91bcu41xy